Home

iTool User's Guide

image

Contents

1. New Surface Teate 77000 amsa Figure 9 8 iSurface Window Before background and After foreground Entire Style Application Note Applying a style to all items will ignore items that have the Show property is set to False i e hidden items iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 190 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Applying a Style When Launching an iTool The STYLE_NAME keyword allows you to apply a style to a visualization when an iTool is launched from the command line This keyword can be used with any of the iTool routines ICONTOUR IIMAGE IMAP IPLOT ISURFACE and IVOLUME For more information on this keyword see IDL Routine Enhancements on page 57 Several system styles are included in your IDL distribution For more information on setting a system style or created style see Setting the Default Style on page 194 Note Styles specified in the STYLE_NAME string override the default style Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 191 Editing Styles The iTools Style Editor makes it possible to edit your existing personal styles as well as copies of IDL System Styles The Style Editor is shown in the following figure 8 iTools Style Editor 3 a ini xi Menus 99 Fie Edt apply Help PS Sy My Styles E res MyNewStylel El res NewTextStylel Show True Visualization A Text
2. 139 Recording gr cli M evesbsaes 141 BEuntiis PURGES iecit tin OE ERU IERI IA RTRR ES Praed rhe C Presses 142 R nning irom the Opera Dons Menn 12 tette aee ta 143 Running from the Macro Beltot 1 deett ELI Penes 143 Running from the Command Line 2 ihe eease cei teorica un est 144 Usma the Mato EANO ient eti eto Re rer es ert ea aeos eee a ot EE EEEE 145 Understandine the Macro Bator iis eee teet ei 146 Understanding Items in the Macro Editor eec echec 155 lj negl M P E 155 Pee Ue rr E 156 Making Selection and Tool Changs eerie retrato re tere eot reed 167 Macro Type Based on Recording Selection sere 167 About Containers SEEN 167 O EE e Mm 168 MOU TM EEE E E E E S 171 Contents iTool User s Guide Itipatune and Exporting NGI 5 caccscteectastsesesswdsinensseapeabdopdeeatesstiend eset rte sete eto evan 174 Chapter 9 Working isi 175 What Are Syl s Nr AaS 176 Type oF ai cad asses codec gE Ere ATEREA E AEEA EEA EEE AEREAS 177 PDISIBE d SIR errno eme otia e aN EE ecc i a etie dh 177 ciu SUN CR NN 178 Creating a Style from the Current Visualization esee 178 Creating a New Style from the Style Editor 1 uen sonadaeeteee aciei 181 Warkine wi the CUrCent SOS Luise tette terr ebore rere tt aads aikansa 183 Copying an Exisu
3. E N S x Li 8 eo piitiiit 2 Figure 12 15 A Contour With Axes Added and Altered in Box Style Once you have placed an axis on your contour you can edit the axis settings by changing the title and increments as well as the color options on the axis Double clicking on the axis itself will show you the Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Adding Axes 264 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Filtering a Contour The iContour tool allows you to modify your contour data in the following ways Contour Smoothing Within the iContour tool contours can also be smoothed to refine edges or compensate for random noise in the data To smooth your data from the iContour window select Operations Filter Smooth Olas eas hle PW ae F2 AlsJolelela olsa ol foley Kol a HES AlNIlelelel 100 F TOTP Ty aan E 1 it ritiiiitir 1 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 Figure 12 16 Brain MRI Data left and Smoothed Data right Note The previous figure shows brain MRI data taken from the IDL examples data directory in a file named mr brian docm Note The window s default size is three however this can be changed via the operations browser For more information on smoothing properties see Smooth Properties in
4. Macros Sample Macro Image Transform 2A Plot Line y pe SetProperty Color 4 xl y Visualizations les Plot leg Plot3D g Surface Image Contour 88 Volume Isosuface 8 Interval Volume amp Image Plane A Plot Profile El Colorbar gut Histogram Light GP Data Space E acm Chapter 8 Working with Macros BEE SetProperty Color zi Fill ransnarencu Je 4 Plot a Plot a True 0 1 False 1 False False Wi 22 128 128 0 z Figure 8 9 An Example Using the Property Add Button Figure 8 9 shows a SetProperty macro item created by selecting the Plot visualization in the source tree and three properties Color Line Style and Thickness in the source property sheet The property Add button copied the desired property settings up into a SetProperty macro item containing all three properties The Property Remove Button The property Remove button in the right pair removes any selected properties from SetProperty items It is not enabled for other types of macro items Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 155 Understanding Items in the Macro Editor In the Macro Editor you work with two main groups of items those that make up a macro items in the macro tree and those that you use to create a macro items in the source tree Macro Items M
5. P S 7272 i Color de 1 System Styl d S DRESSES EE Object B E amp wo uu if Fill background False i Fill color J 0255255255 Ag IDL Standard cA Current Style Transparency i Text font Courier i Text style Normal i Text font size 20 Style List er Object Properties Figure 9 9 The iTools Style Editor It is important to note that IDL s System Styles cannot be edited These can however be copied as a new style and then edited For information on copying styles see Copying an Existing Style on page 184 The following section describes various editing tasks related to styles Copying Properties within Styles You can copy properties from the Current Style My Styles and System Styles within the iTools Style Editor and paste these into any new or existing personal style For example 1 Select a style by clicking on it 2 Select the style visualization object whose properties you wish to copy The properties appear in the right panel of the editor iTool User s Guide Editing Styles 192 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 3 Select a property by clicking on the property name and selecting Edit Copy or right clicking and selecting Copy 4 Select the style name of the style in which you wish to add the copied property The properties will be copied to corresponding visualization object within that style 5 Select Edit Paste
6. Edit Menu it sc4 de seat ee bas 347 Edit Toolbar sessss Briss Memi so lid adh eee 350 Manipulator Toolbar Operations Menu lesse et e e 351 Annotation Toolbar Window Menu 2000 354 Context Menu 00 cece ee Tool User s Guide 343 344 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Introduction The Standard IDL Intelligent Tools comprise five distinct tools iImage iPlot iSurface iContour and iVolume Each tool has a specific set of functions related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all four tools have a number of functions in common This appendix describes those functions that all iTools have in common for information about the functions unique to the individual iTools refer to the chapters describing those tools This appendix is an overview of these menu items and toolbar buttons that are common to all iTools Menu Bar Items The following menus appear on the iTool menu bar File Menu Edit Menu Insert Menu Operations Menu Window Menu Help Menu Toolbar Items Introduction The following toolbars appear at the top of each iTool window The File toolbar containing the New Open Save and Print buttons The Edit toolbar containing the Undo Redo Cut Copy and Paste buttons The Manipulator toolbar containing the Select Rotate and View Pan buttons The View Zoom button a
7. 4 Map Location Longitude limit Min 160 30 30 Mai Lati h de limit Mar E Edit Projection gitude i Ain tude j iin F it 4 664 235 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 15 9 The Countries Low Res Shapefile Inserting the Countries High Resolution The Insert Map Countries high res operation loads the cnt ry02 shp file and displays the countries boundaries as of 2002 as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 10 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 337 then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Countries high res visualization container g IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osla oelle w ol 9 fos AlN olol ele Latitude limits Mim 9 Max 90 Edit Projection Data Space 386 200 Figure 15 10 The Countries High Res Shapefile Inserting the Rivers The Insert Map Rivers operation loads the rivers shp file and displays the rivers as separate ShapePolylines Figure 15 11 in the current dataspace using the iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 338 Chapter 15 Working with Maps current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The Shap
8. E gia 100 150 200 lt gt Contour 0 50 000000 100 00000 150 00000 200 00000 250 00000 300 00000 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 12 14 A Contour With Legend Added Showing Levels Once you have placed a legend on your contour can edit the legend settings such as the title and level increments as well as the color options on the legend Double clicking on the legend itself will show you the Visualization Browser For more information on the options available see Legend Properties in Appendix D Visualization Properties Adding a Legend iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 263 Adding Axes You can also add axes to your contour as visual aids for reading contour data Although axes are added to two and three dimensional contour data there are advantages to adding additional axes For example in the figure which follows additional axes have been added in order to create a box style contour showing the tick marks and increments on all sides of the image You can add X Y and Z axes depending on your contour and needs To insert axes select Insert Axis and then select X Axis Y Axis or Z Axis or from the Visualization Browser select the Axes group and then set Style to Box Axes E IDL iContour BEE File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dae e sjel X Tjej Rol miie amp ox AlS oloje 2
9. Remove hidden Boolean Hide lines that show through the surface mesh or lines grid Choose True or False Default False Show skirt Boolean Display the edges of the surface as a filled skirt Choose True or False Default False Skirt bottom Number Set bottom of displayed skirt to this height Edit the height number to change the value Default 0 Visualization Type Properties Table D 39 Surface Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 419 Property Control Type Values Texture String List Method used for interpolating selected texture interpolation map Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest Neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Bilinear Create a weighted average based on the nearness and brightness of the closest four pixels and assign that value to the pixel in the output image Default Nearest Neighbor Texture hires String List Method used for tiling the selected high resolution texture map Select a tiling method from the list Choose from these values No tiling Do not use tiling LOD tiling Use level of detail tiling Tiling Use tiling Default No tiling Skip zero opacity Boolean Skip zero opacity for surface Choose True or False Default True Vertex Color User Defined Select vertex color sc
10. o u 1200 TTT TTTTTITYTTTITTTTO 1000 800 o 600 400 200 T TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTITTTTI 50 100 150 200 250 a o om Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 117 489 Figure 7 12 Histogram Plot To display a histogram plot 1 Select an object or group of objects in the iTool window 2 Select Operations Histogram iTool User s Guide Additional Operations 132 Chapter 7 Common Operations Displaying Statistics The Statistics dialog displays all available statistical information pertaining to the object or objects currently selected in the iTool window To display the Statistics dialog 1 Select an object or a group of objects in the iTools window 2 Select Operations Statistics The Statistics window is displayed Additional Operations Gil Display statistics for the selected item File Edit iTools Statistics Fri Jun 11 15 30 57 2004 Channel 2 histogram Channel 2 Dimensions 227 149 33823 elements Mean 81 4838 Total 2 75603e 006 Minimum 15 at 1782952 Maximum 255 at 55 0 Variance 3070 42 Standard Deviation 55 4114 Absolute Deviation 39 3921 Skewness 1580229 Kurtosis 3 2 74756 Channel 2 histogram values Dimensions Mean Total Minimum at Maximum ati Variance Standard Deviation Absolute Deviation Skewness Kurtosis 3 9797955 Channel 2 histogram locations Dimensions 256 Mean 1
11. Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a depth from the list Choose between these values Automatic e 8 bit 24 bit Default Automatic Table 6 15 Windows Bitmap File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 106 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Encapsulated Postscript The Encapsulated Postscript File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Graphics format Bitmap or Vector Render graphics using bitmap or vector output Note Only a Window or View can be exported to EPS Color model RGB or CMYK Table 6 16 Encapsulated Postscript File Writer Properties Windows Enhanced Metafile The Windows Enhanced Metafile File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Graphics format Bitmap or Vector Render graphics using bitmap or vector output Note Only a Window or View can be exported to EMF Table 6 17 Windows Enhanced Metafile File Writer Properties Joint Photographic Experts Group The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Color String List Select a depth from the list Choose between these values TrueColor Grayscale Default TrueColor Table 6 18 Joint Photographic Experts Group File Writer Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 107 Property Control Type Values Quality
12. Control Type Function Line Style Select a line style from the list To make the line invisible select No Line Line Thickness i Select a line thickness from the list Numbers indicate line thickness in i i 2 pixels Use the scroll bar to display additional items NENNEN i 10 M Symbol Select a symbol to appear at regular em intervals on the selected line from the list To remove a symbol from a A Tionge line select No Symbol Use the 5 Bight anowhead scroll bar to display additional items lt Left arrowhead String List z select an item from the list Use dg E the scroll bar to display additional bat items nat User Defined Click the Edit button to o display the user defined property control Table B 12 Controls Used in Property Sheets Continued iTool User s Guide This appendix describes the following properties of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface found in the Operations Browser of each iTool The Operations Browser 368 Macros Properties 000 369 Statistics Properties 370 Filter Properties coc lese 372 Rotate Properties 52e et ee es 376 Rotate Properties cesse reme 376 Transform Properties 3T Map Projection Properties 381 Map Register Image Properties 382 iTool User s Guide Morphing Properties 383 Crop Properties
13. Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Unsharp Mask Editor dialog when the Unsharp Mask filter is selected from the Operations Filter menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Unsharp Mask filter without displaying the dialog Default True Amount of filter Number Click and slide to select percentage amount of filter to be applied Default 100 Radius in pixels Number Click and slide to select filter radius in pixels Default 3 Clipping Number Click and slide to select clipping threshold threshold Dehult 0 Table C 17 Unsharp Mask Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Filter Properties 376 Appendix C Operations Properties Rotate Properties The following properties control the iTool Rotate tools Rotate properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools for ilmage it is Rotate or Flip Rotate Left Properties Rotate Left has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Rotate Right Properties Rotate Right has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Rotate By Angle Properties Rotate by Angle has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Flip Horizontal Flip Horizontal has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Flip Vertical Flip Vertical has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Rotate Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix
14. e as a g0 44 0 4 405K m 0 36 Spherical data H x 0 21 rat c NOST 80 18 s Wem EU 0 04 d g0 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 IV Show points Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 11 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog contains the following items iTool User s Guide Number of points entered X Coordinates The X coordinate range Y Coordinates The Y coordinate range Data values The data minimum and maximum values Spherical data checkbox Check this box if the data is spherical Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox Select to show all points default 2 checked Help Obtain help on this dialog Back Return to previous step Next Proceed to Step 2 of 3 Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard Working with Unknown Data 42 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data S IDL Gridding Wizard IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 Choose your grid dimensions start and spacing X coordinates Dimension 25 MeO fies vee xtX 88 Start 0 007468 Ar 79 End 0 8350 0 84 70 Y coordinates 6 6 62 Dimension ps i 53 Start 0 006890 oad 44 End 0 9346 36 27 0 2 4 2 eee 18 0 04 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 IV Show points Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 12 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 The IDL Gridding W
15. 273 Displaying Three Dimensional Plots 275 Displaying Polar Plots 276 DNSIBIOIBBE orrera ror gees hha Re 277 Plot Prapetlies esr eser eee Res 279 Adding Error Bars 0000 283 iTool User s Guide Adding Legends 0 cess 280 Adding a Colorbar 282 Adding Error Bars 20 283 Curve FIM eae a ed ee ee ae 286 Filtering a Plot us wae ete a cada sen 289 Manipulating the Plot Display 291 iPlot Tool Operations 293 271 272 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Introduction Introduction The IDL iPlot tool displays your data in plot form The iPlot tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing plot data iPlot can be used for any type of two or three dimensional plot including scatter plots line plots polar plots and histogram plots To use iPlot from the IDL Command Line type iPlot An empty iPlot tool appears You can then import plot data using any of several data import methods For more information importing plot data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Noe For more information on accepted arguments see IPLOT in the IDL Reference Guide manual The iPlot tool can be launched in many different ways e Atthe IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File New Visualization iPlot menu option in
16. 295 HPO CIOIN Er 296 PENIS DOR ln EE H 297 Stata h nnel Voltimum nete iecit ret T T 297 Rendering ili Tr 298 Usima the Volume Panel aene iei o ERE rer D EE aere 301 NODI PEOperfies aui deos ih ttd a PR ace e been ber en 303 Moliya POPES NEN 303 bsppisdhnoc nM 304 Adding AMES D 305 X cce nini VOM MEME m 306 Sbowins sn D ase PISOS nc hss anna desis detecte babe ivre abolere 307 Viewing the Image Plane in mage ee elec ers ete hae recka eu beter read 307 Bxtracung an TSG race 1 eiie iet Fee prede PE etse Prin Eger SE VER EEUU 308 Exttactis an Interval Vols uiua enean n eret retro pe tee 310 Manipulating the Volume Display iere renidet iesin 312 Arr olia tbs cies ek ee wwe ses 312 scaling feline 312 Ls MND C 312 dev rd i n 312 Adding Amotto 22e esce tcee deerit Deed eee a e iue REDE He Eee E ERG TER MESE R teens 313 iValume Tool Cerin OMM 314 Waris Wir 2 Em 314 hac sanrae riso I 314 Smoorhm a Volume once eee Freie ertet ki Leere dhe eid Ree EE PEU EU HERR cates 314 Chapter 15 Working with Maps T 315 PC ON Mm 316 iTool User s Guide Contents PUSAN E Ac M 317 Applying s Map Projeccion iaeiei piia KEE beer rr ier iada 318 Using the Map Panel oc 006 bee rediere teeth e eie eee e E
17. Editing Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 193 4 With your cursor over one of the property names and all desired properties selected right click and select Copy Alternately with all properties selected you can select Edit Copy S iTools Style Editor la xl File Edit Apply Help lt Q My Styles A MyNewStylel Visualization Layer E Anis GP Data Space hex Plot E Colorbar lcs NewTextStylel A Text H E System Styles E IDL Classic E IDL Standard o Curent Style E1423 Visualizations F5 Image lex Plot bz Plot3D V Surface Contour 8 amp 9 Volume Isosurface 8 Interval Volume amp Image Plane Ac Plot Profile E m Colorbar xli True 0 wooo 1 False 1 False False 9 128 128 128 0 No symbol 0 2 True Delete Figure 9 10 The iTools Style Editor with Multiple Properties Selected to Copy 5 You can now select the style name of the style in which you wish to add the copied properties and find and highlight the corresponding visualization object within that style 6 Select Edit Paste or right click to select Paste Your selected properties are added to your selected style iTool User s Guide Editing Styles 194 Setting the Default Style Chapter 9 Working with Styles The default iTools style for your system can be set via the Preferences Browser The Preference
18. Normals point toward Default None Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Texture interpolation String List Set texture interpolation type Choose between these values Nearest neighbor Bilinear Default 2 Nearest neighbor Table D 45 Image Plane Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Colorbar B window 3 0 View 1 El IDL iVolume Visualization Browser B m Visualization Layer f Data Space Bl ap Volume pem EE Axes i Bordera Bj Lights Orientation E P Annotation Layer Color Gl Colorbar ALi Number of major ticks Major tick length Tick interval i Tick layout i Number of minor ticks 2 Minor tick length j Tick direction Text show 439 lel es Colorbar Colorbar A Colorbar Visualization True False Horizontal mooo Axis plus labels Right Above True j Text position Tick format Title Text color j Test font jTest style Text font size Below left None RGB Table 0 wooo Helvetica Normal 12 A Colorbar Visualization Figure D 30 Visualization Browser with Colorbar Properties Displayed These
19. Show Boolean Display the image plane after Image Plane is selected from the Operations Volume Image Plane menu Choose True to display or False to apply the image plane without displaying Default True Opacity control Boolean Choose opacity control type Use opacity table Opaque Opacity value Default Use opacity table Opacity value Number Set opacity value Default 50 Orientation Boolean Choose image plane orientation e X e Y Z Default X Opacity Number Set opacity Default 1 Color Boolean Set color Default White 255 255 255 Bottom color Boolean Set bottom color Default White 255 255 255 Image Plane Properties Table C 30 Image Plane Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 393 Property Control Type Options Depth offset Number Set depth offset value Default 1 Skip zero opacity Boolean Choose True to skip zero opacity or False to use Zero Opacity Default True Texture interpolation Boolean Set texture interpolation type Nearest neighbor Bilinear Default 2 Nearest neighbor Launch ilmage Table C 30 Image Plane Properties Launch ilmage has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Image Plane Properties 394 Appendix C Operations Properties Image Plane Properties iTool User s Guide This app
20. Color 255 255 28 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 Figure 8 3 The Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 146 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Figure 8 3 shows the Macro Editor with the History folder expanded to show the history items that were generated while the ilmage tool was open that is all iImage operations whether recorded in a macro or not The Macros folder in the upper right panel shows a macro with its SetProperty item selected Understanding the Macro Editor The Macro Editor consists of four panels and two sets of add remove buttons The four panels consist of the two macro panels on the top and the two source panels on the bottom You use the add remove buttons to move operations and settings from the source panels to the macro panels The Menu Bar The following menus appear on the Macro Editor menu bar File e Edit e Run e Help You can use the Edit and Run operations in a right click context menu on items in the macro and source trees The File menu shown in Table 8 1 contains tools for creating importing exporting and saving macros Menu i Function Selection New Creates a new macro in the macro tree with a name based on New Macro If New Macro already exists then the new name is New Macro 1 and so on until the system finds a uniquely numbered name Import Imports a macro from an external file See Importing and Ex
21. If only the view is selected the property sheet for the view layer is presented Only one property sheet may be displayed at a time If a different item or view is selected the contents of the property sheet change to the properties of the new item or view For grouped items a single property sheet with the intersection of the properties is displayed When the property values are not the same for the grouped items those properties are set to undefined or default Setting a property for a grouped item sets that property for all items in the group Table A 11 The Context Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Context Menu 362 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Context Menu iTool User s Guide The following user interface controls are used in iTool property sheets The general function of these controls is described here Refer to the individual property descriptions in Appendix C Operations Properties and Appendix D Visualization Properties for specific information on how to set individual property controls iTool User s Guide 363 364 Appendix B Property Controls Control Type Function Boolean True False Click the browse button _ to expand the list Select either of the two choices Show or Hide True or False etc from the list Number If the number is editable type in a new value You may be restricted to whole numbers or a range of numbers Entering a value outsid
22. Iv Show dialog next time OK Cancel Figure 14 6 Isosurface Value Selector for iVolume Extracting an IsoSurface iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 309 You will then create an isosurface for that channel by selecting OK BEES g IDL iVolume File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dorlas lesee w 7 8 v1 A N e o e T Auto Render Quality Low textures z Boundary Solid walls z Render Step XE oa AT Translate 836511 Figure 14 7 Isosurfaced Rendered Volume Note Isosurfaces often contain a large number of polygons which may degrade iVolume s display performance When selecting the isovalue you can also specify a decimation percentage to reduce the number of polygons in the resulting isosurface This decimation step requires additional time but the resulting isosurface will contain fewer triangles and will draw faster iTool User s Guide Extracting an IsoSurface 310 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Extracting an Interval Volume An interval volume is a set of tetrahedra that span a space between two isovalues within a volume Since a tetrahedral mesh is a solid iVolume displays the outer surface of the mesh as a set of polygons This surface cannot be translated scaled or rotated relative to the volume but does move with the volume To create an interval volume select Operations Volume Interval Volume and a dialog appears
23. Manipulating the Contour Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 269 Plot Annotation Description Type Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 12 1 Types of Contour Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Contour Display 270 Chapter 12 Working with Contours iContour Tool Operations Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a density plot showing the distribution of data values The X axis represents data values and the Y axis represents density or frequency Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram To view a density histogram of contour data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram in Chapter 7 Common Operations Viewing Statistics To view statistics for contour data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics in Chapter 7 Common Operations iContour Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes plotting tasks and the iPlot tool TNOUUCNOR 22s esee eem 272 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots
24. Quality layers A droplist giving the maximum number of quality layers which will be returned in the result Each layer contains the information required to represent the image at a higher quality given the information from all the previous layers A value of All the default implies that all layers should be returned Table 6 5 JPEG2000 File Reader Properties Macintosh PICT The Macintosh PICT File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Macintosh PICT File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 6 Macintosh PICT File Reader Properties iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 102 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Portable Network Graphics The Portable Network Graphics File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Portable Network Graphics File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 7 Portable Network Graphics File Reader Properties Tag Image File Format The Tag Image File Format File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Image index Number Level at which to begin image index Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Image Stacking String List Image stacking method Select a method from the list Choose between these values X X Y Y Z Z Default Read Single Image Table 6
25. The Visualization Browser provides a hierarchical tree view of all objects displayed in the iTool window The Visualization Browser is used to select objects and to display the property sheets for selected objects See The Visualization Browser on page 92 for details on how to display and use the Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser displays a list of the contents of the iTool window in the left pane The property sheet for the object currently selected in the left pane can be displayed in the right pane of the Visualization Browser window by clicking on the small arrows to the top right of the left pane and top left of the right pane in the middle if both are displayed For example to display the properties of the current window select Window in the left pane of the Visualization Browser as shown in the following figure iTool User s Guide The Visualization Browser 398 Appendix D Visualization Properties Window Properties EM Window J IDL iImage Visualization Browser BO view 1 Zoom on Resize False E E Visualization Layer iwindowwidh 857 p Data Space Window height 857 Image E Axes Annotation Layer 15 x Component 1 Drag quality High Figure D 16 The Visualization Browser with Window Properties Displayed These properties control the display of the iTool window For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned
26. Y Minimum String Maximum value for X coordinate of data set String Minimum value for Y coordinate of data set Y Maximum String Maximum value for Y coordinate of data set Z Minimum Z Maximum String Minimum value for Z coordinate of 3 D data set String Maximum value for Z coordinate of 3 D data set Automatic X range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of X values Choose True or False Default True Automatic Y range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of Y values Choose True or False Default True Automatic Z range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of Z values Choose True or False Default True X log Data Space Properties Table D 35 Data Space Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 405 Property Control Type Values Y log Z log Color Color Data space bounding box border color Border Style must not be No line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Data set bounding box border line style Select a line style from the list Default No line Thickness Line Thickness Data set bounding box border line thickness Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill Background Boolean Fills data space background with background color Choose True or False Default True Fill Co
27. a S IDL iVolume Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer GP Data Space E 8B Volume F amp Imageplane EE Axes 4 Lights Annotation Layer Appendix D Visualization Properties j Linestyle Thickness Style Depth offset ove hidden zero opacity Shading Polygon rejection PI E3 Imageplane qName Imageplane B Description An Image Plane Show True Gpacity Control Use Opacity Table 1 Opacity Value 50 Orientation x Color L 255 255 255 i Bottom color 255 255 285 1 Filled 1 False True None Flat Nearest neighbor i Texture interpolation An Image Plane Figure D 29 Visualization Browser with Image Plane Properties Displayed These properties control image plane object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Opacity Control String List Set opacity Choose from the following Use Opacity Table Opaque Opacity Value Default Use Opacity Table Opacity Value Number Factor from 0 100 determining the level of opacity Default 50 Move slider to change the size Visualization Type Properties Table D 45 Image Plane Container Properties iTool User s Guide Append
28. 3 The smooth filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited Smooth Description Perform the smooth operation on the selected ite Show dialog True Width 3 Figure 7 8 The Smooth Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied Median Filter Median smoothing replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two iTool User s Guide Filtering 126 Chapter 7 Common Operations dimensional neighborhood of a given width It is similar to smoothing with a boxcar or average filter but does not blur edges larger than the neighborhood Median filtering is effective in removing salt and pepper noise isolated high or low values To apply the Median filter 1 Select the data that you want to smooth 2 Select Operations gt Filter Median 3 The median filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited Median Description Perform the median filter operation on the selec Show dialog True Width 3 Evenaverage False Figure 7 9 The Median Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied Filtering iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 127 Convolution Filter To convolve data 1 2 iTool User s Guide Select the data to be convolved Select Operations Filter Convolution The Convo
29. Move slider to change the size Default 1 Tick interval Number Set tick interval Enter value Default 0 Tick layout String List Set tick layout type Choose between these values Axis plus labels Labels only Box style Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Set tick direction Choose between these values Right Above Left Below Default Right Above Visualization Type Properties Table D 46 Colorbar Container Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 441 Property Control Type Values Text show Boolean Set text to show or not show Choose True or False Default 2 True show Text position String List Set text position Choose between these values Below left Above right Default Below left Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Title Title Enter title for colorbar Default RGB Table 0 Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 46 Colorbar Container Properties iTool User
30. Vertex Colors Color Table User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values amp Palette Editor x L So M So M 0 0 0 ze Ej sj al 1 Color Space RedGreenBue gt EditMode Freehand v Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined Color Color Color for the plot line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the plot line Select a style from the list Default ____ _ solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the plot line Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Minimum value Number Minimum value to include in the plot Edit the number to change the value Visualization Type Properties Table D 37 Plot Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 411 Property Control Type Values Maximum value Number Maximum value to display in the plot Edit the number to change the value Histogram plot Boolean Display plot as a histogram Choose True or False Default False Points to average Number Number of points to average when drawing the plot Edit to change the value Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Display plot as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False Fill plot Boolean Fill between plot lines C
31. e For binary data see Importing Binary Data on page 36 Data Import Methods iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 27 If you are importing data from an IDL variable the second screen of the Data Import Wizard contains the following items e List of IDL Variables All variables available in the current IDL session are listed in a tree view e Variable Information Information about the selected variable is displayed to the right of the tree view e Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager 3 Select the type of visualization you want to create The Data Import Wizard will automatically create a new visualization of the selected type Choosing Default will create the default visualization for the selected data type regardless of the type of iTool into which you are importing the data Example Importing a JPEG File The following example describes how to import a JPEG image file using the Data Import Wizard and display the image 1 From an iTool window select File Import 8 ioi Data import wizara LLL xi IDL Data Import Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you import data into the current tool determining the data source and the resultant visualization Select the data source location From a File From an IDL Variable Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 2 The IDL Data Import Wizard Showing Step 1 of 3 iToo
32. iTool User s Guide Edit Toolbar 358 Manipulator Toolbar Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Manipulator Toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function z Select Click to enter select mode The arrow pointer is displayed and objects can be selected in the display area Click to select an object a selection box appears around the current selection o Rotate View Pan View Zoom Click to enter rotate mode A rotation sphere appears around the currently selected object e Position the mouse pointer on an axis and the axis rotation pointer is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object along the axis e Position the mouse pointer anywhere on the selected object and the free rotation pointer is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object freely Click and drag across the view to pan Click to enter zoom mode The zoom cursor is displayed and dragging the mouse closer to or farther from the center of the canvas decreases or increases magnification at the initial point of clicking View Zoom Click to select a magnification percentage for the entire view Manipulator Toolbar Table A 9 Manipulator Toolbar Buttons iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 359 Annotation Toolbar The Annotation Toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function Al Text Clic
33. Appendix C Operations Properties Filtering a Contour iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 265 Contour Convolution You can also use iContour convolution feature by selecting Operations gt Filter gt Convolution By selecting this the Convolution Editor appears E Convolution Kernel Editor x Default 7 Columns 3 Rows 3 C One Dimensional Two Dimensional 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 gt Scale by fie Automatic scaling M Centered Edges wrap v Show dialog next time Figure 12 17 Default Convolution Editor Dialog iTool User s Guide Filtering a Contour 266 Chapter 12 Working with Contours From this dialog you can select the desired convolution type from a drop down list or you may manipulate the columns and rows and scale factor and details manually TDL Contour Fio Ede Insert Fie Edk Insert Operations Operations Window Hep Window Help olsa L fe v a a fos alalolele oslas he E S P2 AlsJalelela Y o Y a o Y S s N I eo a S a i 2 e a 3 3 S rrrTTITTITTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT a S Smm o L 1 50 100 150 200 250 Laban 150 1 rare 200 250 o Figure 12 18 Brain MRI Data left and Convolved right Using the Default Gaussian Convolution For more information on convolution properties see Convolution Properties in Appendix
34. Enter a number Default varies Histogram plot Boolean Set histogram to show or not show Choose True or False Default True show Number of points Number Number of points in plot to be averaged Enter a to average number Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Set histogram to show or not show as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False hide Fill plot Boolean Set histogram to show or not show as a filled plot Choose True or False Default False hide Fill level Number Level to fill if fill plot is selected Enter a number Default varies Fill color Color Color to be used for fill plot if selected Default 128 128 128 grey Fill transparency Number Value of transparency if fill plot is selected Enter a number Default 0 Table D 47 Histogram Container Properties iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 446 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Symbol String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from the list of symbols Default No symbol Symbol size Number Value for symbol size in points if fill symbol is selected Enter a number Default 0 2 Use default color Boolean Set to use default color for symbols Choose True or False Default True use default color Symbol color Color Color to be used for symbols if default color is set to
35. False Enter a value Default varies Symbol thickness Number Value for symbol thickness in points if symbol is selected Enter a number Default 1 Symbol increment Number Value for symbol increments if fill symbol is selected Enter a number Default 1 Table D 47 Histogram Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Axes g IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer fg Data Space xx Plot ZEE Axes E Axis 0 E Axis 1 E Axis 2 iE Axis 3 Annotation Layer 447 Axes Axes Container True Box Axes False False False False 0 Hoo i 4 0 05 05 0 Axis plus labels False None n 0 0 Helvetica Normal 12 faxes Container Figure D 32 Visualization Browser with Axis Properties Displayed These properties control axis object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 448 Appendix D Visualization Properties The following table contains the properties that control the container for the visualization axes Property Control Type Values Style String List S
36. Then position the mouse onto one of these boxes so that the mouse pointer changes to a four headed arrow pointer see the following figure Drag the mouse in the desired direction to scale the object in the selected dimension Figure 4 2 Resizing a 2 D Plot Constrained Scaling of 3 D Objects Two types of constrained scaling are available for 3 D objects multiple axis scaling and single axis scaling iTool User s Guide Scaling 70 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display The multiple axis scaling mouse pointer for 3 D objects is a three headed arrow displayed when the mouse pointer is positioned over a corner of a 3 D object s data space Dragging the constrained scaling pointer scales the object a fixed distance along all axes in the direction of the drag Constrained scaling Bounding box pointer corners Figure 4 3 Constrained Scaling Scaling iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 71 The single axis scaling pointer for 3 D objects is a two headed arrow 1 displayed when the pointer is positioned over an axis whisker in a 3 D image Dragging an axis whisker scales the object only in the direction of the arrows Axis handle Resizing pointer Figure 4 4 Resizing a 3 D Surface Unconstrained Scaling Unconstrained scaling allows you to scale all dimensions of an object at once from any point within the object Unconstrained scaling is different for 2 D and 3 D objects iToo
37. When finished select File Save fj iTools Style Editor J loxi Fie Edit Apply Help E My Styles i My Styles HAR MyNewStylet Ans MySyles ce NewTestStylel 1 Gy System Styles ce IDL Classic amp lif IDL Standard H E Current Style Figure 9 4 The iTool s Style Editor Note For more information on how to populate the new style with properties see Editing Styles on page 191 Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 183 Working with the Current Style The Current Style contains the properties that will be used to create new visualizations in the current tool The Current Style can be found in the iTools Style Editor The Current Style can be modified by e Changing individual property values These changes can be copied into another style or applied to a visualization when the Current Style item is selected Updating the Current Style when applying style modifications See Applying Styles on page 185 for details e Updating the Current Style from a style in the Style Editor Select a Personal or System style and select Update Current Tool Style from the context menu or Apply menu Noe The Current Style is not saved between IDL sessions or between iTools Because of this one use of the Current Style can be as a practice area to define new styles Changes can be made to the Current Style and then used to create your desired style You can then save this ne
38. X Pan Number of pixels to pan the view in the x direction iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 164 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Property Value Y Pan Number of pixels to pan the view in the y direction Table 8 5 View Pan Operation Property Values Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g a view panned further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values Rotate Operation Item The Rotate operation stores the rotation angles from an interactive rotate manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the Rotate manipulator from the iTools toolbar Table 8 6 shows the Rotate operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Rotate X Rotation Angle to rotate the selected object about the x axis Y Rotation Angle to rotate to move the selected object about the y axis Z Rotation Angle to rotate to move the selected object about the z axis Table 8 6 Rotate Operation Property Values Because the x y z rotation is relative to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the mac
39. alpha BYTARR 20 20 20 red 10 255 green 10 255 blue 10 255 alpha 128 IVOLUME red green blue alpha Rendering Volumes Volume data does not automatically appear in the tool window since volume rendering can be a time consuming operation To render the volume click the Render button on the tool Auto render is available but not set by default since it can slow down your iTool session if you have simultaneous operations Noe Volume data is only rendered if the volume data space is selected Thus if you have multiple volumes in your data space auto render must be turned on in order to render both simultaneously Displaying Volumes iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 299 The data loaded earlier can be displayed by clicking the Render button S IDL i olume _ Ol x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dil til Iw ole a ez alNiololele I volume Name Volume Data Channels T Auto Render Quality Low textures z Boundary Solid walls z Render Step TH y Translate 836511 Figure 14 1 Rendered MRI Head Volume Data Rendering Quality The volume can be rendered in two quality modes Low Done with a stack of 2D texture mapped semi transparent polygons The polygons are oriented so that the flat sides face the viewer as directly as possible On most systems Low quality mode renders faster
40. black Linestyle Line Style Style of the polygon lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the polygon lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Table D 51 Property Settings for Polygonal ROI Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 459 Property Control Type Values Fill color Color Color to fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table D 51 Property Settings for Polygonal ROI Visualization Type Properties 460 Appendix D Visualization Properties IDL Graphics Objects i8 IDL iPlot Visualization Browser EM Window IDL Graphics Object SO View 1 Name IDL Graphics Object E Visualization Layer Description IDL Graphics Object Eg Data Space jShow True te IDL Graphics Object HRS EE Axes Annotation Layer Figure D 35 Visualization Browser with IDL Graphics Object Properties Displayed You can import an IDL graphics object into an iTool and display it directly by selecting the IDL Graphics Object visualization type The properties available will depend on the type of graphics object See the properties listing for
41. can be used to remove islands smaller than the structuring element Morph open Morph open is simply an erosion operation followed by a dilation operation Applying morph open more than once produces no further effect Morph close Morph close is simply a dilation operation followed by an erosion operation Applying morph close more than once produces no further effect Morph gradient Morph tophat Morph gradient is the subtraction of an eroded version of the original image from a dilated version of the original image Morph tophat is implemented by first applying the opening operator to the original image then subtracting the result from the original image Applying tophat shows the bright peaks within the image Table 7 1 Morph Menu Options To apply a morphology option 1 Select the object to be morphed 2 Select Operations Morph lt option gt Morphing iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 131 Additional Operations The Histogram Statistics and Console tools display additional information about data displayed in the iTool windows and about operations performed with the iTools Plotting a Histogram Histogram displays a histogram plot of the data currently selected in the iTool window The Histogram plot appears in a separate iPlot window G4 IDL iPlot Histogram File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Qela c x eal w 9 iO xj a for A v a o s
42. exporting 62 inserting 58 layers 401 modifying 60 object selection 92 property sheets 90 type properties 406 volumes adding a colorbar to 304 adding a histogram to 314 adding an axis to 305 adding statistics to 314 annotating 313 displaying 297 displaying multi channel 297 extents 299 extracting an interval volume in 310 extracting an isosurface for 308 properties 303 426 rendering 298 resampling 306 rotating 312 scaling 312 showing an image plane for 307 smoothing 314 Index iTool User s Guide
43. from the ilmage window select Insert Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the window You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change properties for the colorbar EN IDL iImage Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Delta el e w oli 8 foe aaloele Jo Lal Image R ls olojels Pixel Location Pisel Value Pixel Scale Edit Palette Ehannet D 7 F Link Al Max 191 25 Min 53 75 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 12727 Figure 10 5 Image With Inserted Colorbar iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 208 Chapter 10 Working with Images Adding Axes You can add X and Y axes to your image data by selecting Insert Axis from the iTool window From here you can select X Axis or Y Axis You can modify axis properties by opening the Visualization Browser and selecting Axes and then changing the Style property from None to the desired style Another option is to double clicking on the axis itself within the visualization and modify its properties IDL ilmage Untitled Mi E File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oema lleen z aaloele 600 Ala Image 500 400 300 200 100 pud n n OOD n cu GUO n n CO n n Lu uuu 200 300 400 500 600 Tr
44. ilmage menu option in the IDL Development Environment Through the File New ilmage menu option in an iTool To visualize image data in the iImage tool 1 Image data can be loaded into the data manager Image data of any supported type can also be directly visualized into the iImage tool using File Open or the File Open icon d at the top left of your iImage window and the File Open Dialog appears iTool User s Guide Displaying Images 200 Chapter 10 Working with Images 2 Select the desired image file from your directory structure For example here we will visualize an examples data file named afrpolitsm png Select the file name and click Open S IDL image Untitled Gf x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Diae x gje xlofer aa a To alNiololele Ae a ld Image m d UN ros OlO e xo 2 Sper IRE rs 363 43 M Pixel Value LIBYA Qv 218 we chee Alen S R r fn E Pixel Scale x100 Y 100 Edit Palette zii 4l Click amp drag to pan view 3635 Y 435 Figure 10 1 A JPEG File Visualized Using the ilmage Tool Note The examples data subdirectory of your IDL distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Multiple Images You can use the window layout dialog to provide for multiple image display within your window To
45. the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the line annotation in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Arrow style Arrow Style Selector Select an arrow style from the list Choose from these values Default no arrow Arrowhead size Number Size of arrowhead in normalized units Arrow style must be selected for arrowhead to display Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 2D Annotation Layer Properties Table D 58 Line Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 473 Line Profile Annotation Properties These properties control line profile annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex Colors Color Table User Defined By selecting Edit Color gt Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values Palette Editor x Em HEN vy 0 0 RGBA O 0 0 0 Zoom FH a na Color Space Red Green Blue Y Edit Mode Freehand 7 Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined G B A iv i WM Disl iv v jv Modify Xl xm xi OK Cancel Color Color Color to be used for the line Click to choose from the defau
46. unconstrained 2 D objects 72 unconstrained 3 D objects 73 volumes 312 selecting objects 65 shape visualization creating 333 shapefile creating a visualization 333 definition 333 inserting Canadian provinces 340 continents 335 countries high resolution 336 countries low resolution 336 lakes 338 rivers 337 United States 339 smooth filtering 125 373 373 smoothing volumes 314 Sobel filter 374 statistics adding to plots 293 adding to volumes 314 displaying 132 properties 370 surface 244 iTool User s Guide 495 styles applying 177 copying 184 creating 178 current style 183 default style 194 definition 176 editing 191 exporting 195 importing 195 types 177 surfaces adding a texture map to 238 adding to an image 215 colorbar 229 creating contours on 234 creating images of 233 displaying 225 extracting a line profile 242 filtering 237 histogram for 244 legends 231 488 lights 230 rotating 239 scaling 240 statistics 244 T text annotations 81 texture maps 238 three dimensional plots 413 transforming data 122 properties 377 resampling 122 rotate data 123 scale data 124 translating objects 68 plots 291 Index 496 translucent object rendering 135 W window layout 113 U window menu 354 writing files 105 undo 66 unsharp mask filter 374 Z V zooming 74 view zooming 74 visualizations browser 92 creating 57 definition of 56
47. 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 Table D 59 Line Profile Annotation Properties 2D Annotation Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 475 Property Control Type Values Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average above Edit to change the value Default 1 Table D 59 Line Profile Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide 2D Annotation Layer Properties 476 Appendix D Visualization Properties Rectangle Annotation Properties These properties control rectangle annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular con
48. 2 of 3 dialog contains the following items e X Coordinates modify dimension start or end e Y Coordinates modify dimension start or end e Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data e Show points checkbox Select to show all points default is checked e Help Obtain help on this dialog e Back Return to previous step e Next Proceed to Step 3 of 3 e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard iTool User s Guide Displaying Contours 252 Chapter 12 Working with Contours 7 At Step 2 click Next to accept the dimensions start and spacing The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 Please choose a gridding method Inverse Distance v Preview Auto preview Statistics Options Search E Hee 0 88 Missing value 0 0000 Leo uu WESDOEUD x Pi EE Sui m0 79 Smoothing 0 0000 ee te DUAE ae Weighting 2000 i E E E UIS O70 eighting 2 HE x DIN E EE E Doig SPEDE TTS Tw N0 62 Anisotropy between axes 0 6 4 i Pun a E 0 53 Ratio of X to Y 1 000 Ro Ue UE o a Angle deg 0 0000 ocalbiti nos m 0 44 ngle deg 0 4J aaa E TE Ur ae m 0 36 0 24 p siiig NO 27 seg aes RIA UNE EM ee see w0 18 0 0 3 5 CON WIDE gp 0 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Iv Show points Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 12 5 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog contains t
49. 50 TT T TT Tf Man eo Figure 12 11 Color Contour Levels After changing the colors of each level click OK in the Contour Levels property sheet The Contour Labels property sheet closes Changing the Contour Colors iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 259 Filling Contours The Fill contours setting in the original contour property sheet controls whether the contour levels are filled or not Change the Fill contours setting to True Note ___ S SSSSSSSSSsSSsSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS You must also change the Use palette color setting to True as well before colors can be used After that you can choose or set your own color scheme from the Levels Color Table Edit color table function The contour colors are now more distinctive FIERET Mi x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help polsas s pe Role a Fors aaloele Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box a Figure 12 12 Filled Contour Levels Using the Predefined Blue Waves Scheme Even more detail can be added by increasing the number of levels in the contour display Change the Number of levels from 6 to 20 iTool User s Guide Filling Contours 260 Chapter 12 Working with Contours The color set for each of the original seven levels is repeated every set of seven within the 20 new levels IDL iContour Mi E3 File Edit Insert Operations Window Help ols
50. 500 kk on len select c cick E diag selection box gus tek ott sec or ciek dg seien boe rJ Figure 13 12 Damped Sine Plotted Data left and Smoothed Data right Noe The example shown in the previous figures is taken from example data available in the examples data directory of your IDL installation The data is contained in a file called damp_sn dat Note gt The window s default size is three however this can be changed via the operations browser For more information on smoothing properties see Smooth Properties in Appendix C Operations Properties iTool User s Guide Filtering a Plot 290 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Plot Convolution You can also use iPlots convolution feature by selecting Operations gt Filter gt Convolution By selecting this the Convolution Editor appears From this dialog you can select the desired convolution type from a drop down list or you can manually manipulate the columns rows scale factor and details For more information on convolution properties see Convolution Properties in Appendix C Operations Properties Plot Median The median filter replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width To apply the smooth filter to an image 1 Select the pl
51. 8 Tag Image File Format File Reader Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 103 DICOM Image The DICOM Image File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The DICOM Image File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 9 DICOM Image File Reader Properties Windows Waveform Audio Stream The Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 10 Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader Properties ESRI Shapefile The ESRI Shapefile File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Combine all Boolean If True then combine all of the shapes within the file shapes into a single visualization ShapePolygon ShapePolyline or ShapePoint The default is to create a separate visualization for each shape Name attribute String List If the shapefile has attributes associated with each shape then the Shapefile reader will attempt to use one of these attributes for the Name of the newly created data and visualizations The droplist contains all of the available attributes and allows you to choose a different attribute to be used for the visualization name If Combine all shapes is True then this property is insensitive
52. C Operations Properties 377 Transform Properties The following properties control the iTool Transform tools Resample Properties The Resample transform resamples the selected data using the resampling factors and method specified in these properties Resample Transform properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Resample on page 122 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details on how to resample data For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options 1st dimension factor Number The resampling factor for the first dimension X Edit the number to change the value Default 2 2nd dimension factor Number The resampling factor for the second dimension Y Edit the number to change the value Default 2 3rd dimension Number The resampling factor for the third dimension Z factor Edit the number to change the value Default 2 Interpolation String List Method of interpolation to use in resampling method Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Linear Surveys the two closest pixels drawing a line between them and designating a value along that lin
53. Changes Line Color and Plot Symbol Only Note If nothing is currently selected then style will be applied to the Visualization Layer within the current view iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 188 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Applying a Style to All Items You can also apply a style to all items within a view For example 1 Visualize a surface from the IDL Command Line by typing iSurface dist 20 2 Next add a text annotation to your image reading New Surface Now select Edit Style Apply Style 4 The Apply Style dialog appears as shown in the following figure here you can select your preferred style to be applied to the text item x IDL Classic IDL Standard MyNewStylel NewTextStyle Apply to selected items Apply to all items in view v Update current tool style Help Cancel Figure 9 7 The Apply Style Dialog 5 After selecting your preferred style here IDL Classic has been selected choose Apply to all items in view so that the style changes will be made to all the items Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 189 6 Click OK and the style is applied to the entire visualization HID iSurface untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help olala lm lele ROL ela a fos A NJalelel New Surface olsa cx g e w Oe a fox A S alelele Eick ontem to select or cick amp dag selecionbos
54. Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments see ISURFACE in the JDL Reference Guide manual The iSurface tool can be launched in the following ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments and keywords Through the File gt New Visualization iSurface menu option in the IDL Development Environment e Through the File gt New iSurface menu option in an existing iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 225 Displaying Surfaces Three dimensional visualizations of surfaces can be displayed in the iSurface window To open an iSurface window do one of the following e Atthe IDL command line enter ISURFACE e From an iTool window select File gt New and select iSurface Surface data can be displayed by specifying data parameters at the IDL command line or by importing a binary or ASCII text file containing surface data To import a file containing surface data into the iSurface tool 1 Select File Open from the iSurface tool and locate the file to open For example from your IDL examples data directory select idemosurf dat 2 Double click the filename or select the filename and click Open to open the surface data file You will be prompted to enter information regarding your file type for example ASCII or binary For more information on entering this information and
55. Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 184 0 gold Use color on bottom Boolean Display a color for the bottom of the surface Choose True or False Default False Visualization Type Properties Table D 39 Surface Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Image palette User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate surface color values Bottom color Color Color to be used for the bottom of the surface Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Minimum value Number Minimum Z Axis value of the surface plot Edit the number to change the value Maximum value Number Maximum Z Axis value of the surface plot Edit the number to change the value Surface style String List Style used for rendering the surface Select a style from the list Choose from these values Points Data points in the surface are rendered as points Wire mesh Data points in the surface are connected with lines forming a mesh Filled Data points in the surface are connected with filled quadrangles or triangles forming a solid surface Ruled XZ Data points in the surface are connected with horizontal Z direction lines forming a grid Ruled YZ Data points in the surface
56. Crop Properties Table C 25 Crop Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 385 Region Grow Properties Region growing expands a selected area to include nearby pixels that fall within a threshold range of the current selection See REGION_GROW in the JDL Reference Guide manual for additional details For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Region grow String List The method used to select pixels that are similar to method the current selection Choose from these values By threshold The expanded region includes neighboring pixels that fall within the range defined by the Threshold minimum and Threshold maximum values By standard deviation The expanded region includes neighboring pixels that fall within the range of the mean of the region s pixel values plus or minus the given multiplier times the sample standard deviation as follows Mean StdDevMultiplier StdDev where Mean is the mean value of the selected pixels StdDevMultiplier is the value specified by the Standard Deviation Multiplier property and St dDev is the standard deviation of the selected pixels Default By threshold Pixel search String List Specifies which pixels should be considered method during region growing Four neighbor searching searches only the neighbors that are exactly one unit in distance from the cu
57. Feder de edere ted EU HP syehdinas 221 Capps Wages 1nd ehem bie annie 221 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces q cccisiiiiicsscevsssisscsinviwnsnsinnsssnsstensniadeuineserascesninns 223 TANGENT T 224 Displaying Smehaees C G 225 iua us S ro Mm 227 The Visualization Big weer so 50055 ite iere tret tha iba Ee ceebaadennics 227 Contents iTool User s Guide The Operations EEOWEBE 2 2 cetcsciccessctesptsstsuseosinevinseievesssdecadebssvesstsuttvvedouisesluesasleonees 228 PROGINS n COLOBDME ccepit meet Pee rm deti eso hi Magee 229 Adding a Er P 230 Adding a bc M 231 SUE SER eese ibo iie bti etin eise e crines irre Cop bn end 232 InETui SMUT MEME A 233 onbourmmg a ESCB Lo ua erc ren iere em tite rete re rene iet TEE E EA ENERE aiie 234 Resampling a Surface Mm 236 ME A delia o E E E E E T 237 Eonvolub d SUEIOR inicie cnet ti ee o eid ena Do i ur E 237 Median a SUPTAGS MC m 237 Smoothing a SG ACE so oed ces se yucpesiyeitessseasenazeaieaasibess EHE Co Pede e EE EU EE ERN IE 237 dae a Dexinre Map entente nete festo rient mon Etre ER 238 Maerpalstng surlace Displays 11e rei etre a eet eee 239 Dura Ir M 239 Scaling a SUPECE MT 240 FCN PROTA 1n deerit neri netics Poet xd reae g e P HEP r cour ead 241 bi 4 i ELTE 242 Canvas ZOOM E E 242 Extincmg a Line Pete de eim a
58. File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oneal eee w 5fe td e fos A N a o ele pis Ald image wT nos Ololelo Pixel Location 20 394 Pixel Value 0 Pixel Scale 100 Y 100 Edit Palette Cie 5 on 2 Ages rem re ii Max 255 Min 0 KI Click amp drag to pan view E 123 Y 595 5 Figure 10 3 Displaying Multiple Images in ilmage Displaying Images iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 203 Using the Image Panel The image panel appears to the right of the visualization window of the ilmage tool This panel allows you to view and manipulate various image properties such as pixel location and values and color properties You can also draw ROIs within your visualization The components and functions of the image panel are discussed in the following figure and list Image Ros m ojoje Pixel Location 152 14 Pixel Value a e c2 Pixel Location Pixel Scale X3002z Y 100 Edit Palette Pixel Value Channel 0 v Link All Pixel Scale bM Edit Palette Level Control Pad Figure 10 4 The Image Panel e ROIs The ROI buttons on the image panel allow you to draw regions of interest within your visualization For more information on ROIs see Image ROIs in the following section Pixel Location If your pointer cursor is held over the visualization the precise pixel location will be sho
59. Fit to View Select to fit window to view Window Menu Table A 5 The Window Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 355 Help Menu The Help menu contains commands for displaying online help and information about the iTools The Help menu items are common to all iTools Menu Selection Function Help on iTools Displays help for the iTools system Help on the iTools Displays help on the Data manager Data Manager Help on the iTools Displays help on the Parameter Editor Parameter Editor Help on Selected Item Displays help for the item selected in the iTool visualization or browser window Help on this iTool Displays help for the current iTool About iTools Displays a dialog describing the iTools and giving the version number Table A 6 The Help Menu Note In the Operations and Preferences browser windows help for the selected item is also available on the context menu iTool User s Guide Help Menu 356 File Toolbar File Toolbar Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The File toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function ju New Creates a new iTool of the same type as the current tool with no data or visualizations uel Open Opens a file for import into the current iTool If this is a data file such as an image file ASCII file or binary file a new data object will be created and if applicable a new visualiz
60. IDL While the iTools system in IDL 6 1 is a powerful and flexible environment that will allow you to immediately accelerate your data interpretation and reporting it is only the beginning We will continue to build on this new technology in future releases You can look forward to more functionality flexibility and optimization as the iTools system continues to grow We look forward to members of the IDL community building on the iTools system as well The iTools source code is included in the IDL distribution to allow you to e extend the pre built tools with your own operations manipulations visualization types and GUI controls create your own custom tools based on the iTools component framework e share your inventions with others in the IDL community via the RSI User Contributed Library www RSInc com codebank or other avenues of collaboration and distribution Noig For more information on building your own iTools or building hybrid iTools see the iTool Developer s Guide Tips and instructions for using this guide are detailed in the following section iTool User s Guide Introducing the iTools 18 Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools Using this Guide The iTool User Guide can show you important iTool functionality such as how to start the iTools how to import data into an iTool how to export data out of an iTool the gener
61. Number Factor from 0 100 determining the level of quality Move slider to change the level Default 75 Table 6 18 Joint Photographic Experts Group File Writer Properties JPEG2000 The JPEG2000 File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Reversible Boolean Use reversible lossless compression Wavelet levels Number The number of wavelet decomposition levels or stages in the range of 0 15 Higher values take longer to store and read but may give better compression The default is 5 Quality layers Number A positive integer specifying the number of quality layers Each layer contains the information required to represent the image at a higher quality given the information from all the previous layers A larger number of layers takes longer to encode and produces a larger file but provides more flexibility when decoding Table 6 19 JPEG2000 File Writer Properties Macintosh PICT The Macintosh PICT File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values None The Macintosh PICT File Writer has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 20 Macintosh PICT File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 108 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Portable Network Graphics The Portable Network Graphics File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a de
62. Properties iTool User s Guide Visualization Layer Properties 402 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Projection String List Projection method for displaying the visualization layer Select a method from the list Choose from these values Orthogonal Orthographic projection objects are projected onto the visualization layer along lines perpendicular to the view plane Perspective Objects are projected onto the visualization layer along perspective lines that converge in the distance Default Orthogonal Stretch to Fit Boolean Stretch visualization layer to fit window Choose True or False Default False Depth cue bright Number The distance of the near Z plane used for depth cueing Objects closer than this distance will be painted in their normal color Objects further than this distance will fade into the background Depth cue dim Number The distance of the far Z plane used for depth cueing Objects further than this distance will be painted in the background color Setting Depth cue bright and Depth cue dim to the same value will disable depth cueing Table D 34 Visualization Layer Properties Continued Visualization Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Data Space Properties 403 The data space contains the data type s displayed within the visualization plus the axes associated with the da
63. Property Control Type Values Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Title String Title to apply to all axes for this visualization Enter title text for the axes No default value Text color Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for tick and label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Visualization Type Properties Table D 48 Axes Container Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 451 Property Control Type Values Text style String List Style used for tick and label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the tick and label text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 48 Axes Container Properties This table contains the properties that control axis visualization X Y or for t
64. Surface Annotations Continued For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the surface display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Extracting a Line Profile To extract a line profile of part of your surface visualization in an iPlot window 1 Click on the Line Profile icon on the iSurface window toolbar Manipulating Surface Displays iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 243 2 use the mouse to position the jagged edge line profile tool over the place which you wish your line profile to begin 3 Drag to the ending point of your line profile 4 The profile plot appears in an iPlot window Once a line profile has been drawn it will remain until deleted The line may be translated or its endpoints moved individually by switch
65. Tick format None None None Text font Helvetica Helvetica H Text style Normal Normal N Text font size 3 3 9 9 g Figure 12 9 Contour Levels Property Sheet Labelling Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 257 The first column of the Contour Levels property sheet contains the property values for all the levels In this column change the Label setting from None to Value The value of each contour line appears as labels in the iContour display S IDL iContour Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dee elele w ole foe AlNlololelo BEE 200 150 H 100 50 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 272 55 Figure 12 10 Labelled Contour Levels iTool User s Guide Labelling Contours 258 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Changing the Contour Colors The columns after the first one are for each individual contour level In each level column change the Color setting from black to a different color making sure to use a different color for each level When a level color is changed in the property sheet that level is updated in the iContour display The resulting display contains a different color contour for each level IDL iContour Mi x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Cfo ta S fe PR ole a P931 al olole e 200 oN pL eel A 150 U 100
66. User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 241 2 Position the mouse pointer over an axis whisker to scale along only one axis or over a corner of the bounding box for multi axis scaling Figure 11 9 Constrained Single Axis left and Multi Axis right Scaling 3 Click and drag to scale in the desired direction For more information see Scaling in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe surface visualizations displayed in the iSurface tool The following types of annotations can be added to iSurface displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Table 11 1 Types of Surface Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 242 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Plot Annotation Description Type Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify elliptical areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 11 1 Types of
67. Values Color Color Color to be used for the oval outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the oval outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the oval outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill oval background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the oval background fill from 046 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table D 61 Oval Annotation Properties 2D Annotation Layer Properties 478 Appendix D Visualization Properties Polygon Annotation Properties These properties control polygon annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the polygon outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0
68. Visualization Dialog You will see this dialog if the data you supply when launching an iTool from the IDL command line does not match a known data organization for the selected tool or if you open an ASCII text file containing data that appears to be irregularly gridded The Create Visualization dialog contains the following choices e Launch the gridding wizard This option lets you transform irregularly gridded data into regularly gridded data using IDL s gridding routines The resulting data is displayed by the i Tool See Using the Gridding Wizard on page 41 for details e Select a visualization and specify parameters This option lets you manually specify how the data should be assigned to a selected visualization s parameters e Donot create a visualization Working with Unknown Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 41 Using the Gridding Wizard The iTools Gridding Wizard allows you to convert irregularly gridded data into regularly gridded data using a variety of methods The gridding wizard processes your irregularly gridded data in three steps IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you interpolate your scattered data values and locations onto a regular grid You have entered 100 points X coordinates 1 0 7 NT e L m0 88 0 007468 0 9950 i mo 79 Y coordinates 9 85 3 m0 70 0 006890 0 9946 m 0 62 0 65 a Data values ED T m 0 53 0 007098 0 9648
69. add another image to the window containing the image you just visualized Displaying Images iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 201 1 From the ilmage window displaying the political map of Africa JPEG image select Window Layout Dimensions pixels Preview Width 840 Height 600 Columns 2 Rows OK Cancel Figure 10 2 The Window Layout Dialog The Window Layout dialog contains these items Dimensions Allows you to enter specific window dimensions e Layout Allows you to pick from a scroll down list of layout options and grids e Preview Gives you a visual preview of the selected layout For more information on working with window layouts see Window Layouts in Chapter 7 Common Operations 2 Select a layout in this case select Gridded and then enter 2 and 1 for Columns and Rows and then OK iTool User s Guide Displaying Images 202 Chapter 10 Working with Images 3 The window now displays a two by two arrangement of views You will notice the original political map of Africa image is shifted to the top left view Select and highlight the top right view 4 Select File gt Open or the File Open icon at the top left of your ilmage window and from the File Open Dialog select the examples data image named a ricavilc png and click Open 5 The second image of the African continent now appears in the top right view A IDL iImage Untitled Gf x
70. alpha channel then the Transparency property is ignored iTool User s Guide Table D 36 Image Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties 408 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Row Order String List Select an order from the list Choose from these values Bottom to top Top to bottom Default Bottom to top Table D 36 Image Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Plot B window 3 0 View 1 IDL iPlot isualization Browser j Visualization Layer Data Space be Plot E Axes Annotation Layer Use default color 1 Symbol color 1 Symbol thickness 1 Symbol increment 409 PI E3 Plot Plot A Plot Visualization True E dit color table Hoo 1 0 255 False 1 False False n 0 0 0 No symbol 0 2 True mn 0 0 1 1 Figure D 21 Visualization Browser with Plot Properties Displayed These properties control plot object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 410 Appendix D Visualization Properties particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values
71. and Exporting Macros You can import a macro from a file by selecting File Import from the Macro Editor which opens a dialog that lets you select one or more macro files to import Macro files are IDL SAVE files created by exporting an existing macro You can export a macro to a file by selecting File Export from the Macro Editor The filename that you specify will be used to create an IDL SAVE file containing the macro The macro to be saved is specified by either the macro folder selected explicitly or the macro folder containing the selected macro item Noe If a Run Macro operation is in the macro being exported you must export the macro to which that operation refers as well to ensure proper playback behavior of the original exported macro Importing and Exporting Macros iTool User s Guide This chapter introduces IDL iTool styles and discusses the following related tasks What Are Styles loce eR 176 Editing Styles erem ks 191 Creating Styles ccs cect cipa kenis 178 Setting the Default Style 194 Applying Styles 0004 185 Importing and Exporting Styles 195 Baiting SES oec Lr eee s 191 iTool User s Guide 175 176 Chapter 9 Working with Styles What Are Styles iTool styles provide a convenient way to store and apply a set of properties to items in your iTool While modifying individual property items within a style has the same effect as creating a new style that sets th
72. and the filename will be used for the Name of the resulting data and visualization Table 6 11 ESRI Shapefile File Reader Properties iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 104 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers ASCII text The ASCII text File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The ASCII text File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 12 ASCII Text File Reader Properties Binary data The Binary data File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Binary data Graphics File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 13 Binary Data File Reader Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 105 File Writers Select this folder to edit file write preferences and properties Available file writer types and their editable properties are shown in the following tables For more information on writing data of various types see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data iTools State The iTools State File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values None The iTool State File Writer has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 14 iTools State File Writer Properties Windows Bitmap The Windows Bitmap File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values
73. are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Zoom on Resize Boolean Zoom visualization upon resize of window Choose True or False Default False Window Width Number Width of the current iTool window in pixels Edit the number to change the value Default 640 Note The minimum width of the window correlates to the width of the menubar Window Height Number Height of the current iTool window in pixels Edit the number to change the value Default 512 Minimum 100 Window Properties Table D 31 iTool Window Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 399 Property Control Type Values Drag Quality Boolean Drag quality to define the level of detail shown when a visualization is translated scaled zoomed or otherwise moved by mouse Choose High Medium or Low Default Low Table D 31 iTool Window Properties All property sheets displayed in the Visualization Browser with the exception of the Window property sheet displayed above include the Name Description and Show properties described in the following table Property Control Type Values Name String Name assigned to this view Edit the text to change the name Description String Description of this view Edit the text to change the description Show Boolean Show this vi
74. arrow manipulators e Zooming in or out by clicking on one of the plus or minus symbols When isotropic scaling is in effect the default for the iPlot tool these symbols appear at the axis origin and will impact both the X and Y ranges simultaneously Note Plots are clipped to fit within newly selected data ranges Manipulating the Plot Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 293 iPlot Tool Operations The iPlot tool allows you many operations for your existing plot displays Once you have visualized your plot data you can scale and filter as well as creating a histogram or viewing statistics for your plot The following operations are available for plots Scaling a Plot Display iPlot allows you to scale your plotted data by selecting Operations gt Transform Scale Data You can scale your data by a factor which you provide in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor 2 0000000 OK Cancel Figure 13 13 Setting the Plot Scale Factor Once you have set the scale factor select OK and the scaling takes place Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a plot consisting of either horizontal or vertical bars The widths or heights of these bars represent data values Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram which plots different data sets side by side using differently styled points or bars to represent the data To view a density histogram of plot data use the iTool s histogram fe
75. contains only one operation Run Macro which runs the selected macro See Running from the Macro Editor on page 143 for details The Help menu opens the online help for the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 148 Chapter 8 Working with Macros The Macro Tree The macro tree top left contains folders for existing macros as shown in Figure 8 4 Macros are indicated by the gears folder icon Macro items are indicated by their own object icons or by the SetProperty icon JA Sample Macro Jm Selection Change ZF SetProperty Color Smooth din Selection Change m X SetProperty Minor ticks Dg Image Transform din Selection Change iz Open Invert Image Rotate Smooth m Plot Line SetProperty Color Figure 8 4 Macro Editor s Macro Tree Clicking on an item in the tree selects the item and displays its property sheet to the right of the tree panel Right clicking within the tree brings up the context menu of available actions see The Menu Bar on page 146 If you right click on a tree item then that item is selected For more information on these items see Macro Items on page 155 Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 149 The Macro Property Sheet The macro property sheet top right lets you set properties of macro folders and items To see a macro s properties click on its folder in the m
76. data statistics e Options tab set options for missing values smoothing weighting and anisotropy between axes e Search tab set options for using search ellipse Coordinate diagram shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox select to show all points default checked e Help obtain help on this dialog e Back return to previous step Finish dismiss the Gridding Wizard with data gridded e Cancel dismiss the Gridding Wizard iTool User s Guide Working with Unknown Data 44 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Importing Data From the IDL Session Variables in your current IDL session can be imported into the Data Manager to be visualized in an iTool Once you have entered variables into the IDL session at the command line you can import a variable directly from the Data Manager dialog or by using File Import Noe If you specify a variable as a parameter to the iTool at the IDL command line the variable is automatically imported into the Data Manager The following is an example of importing a variable using the Data Manager dialog 1 From the Data Manager dialog select Import Variable The IDL Variable Browser appears S IDL Yariable Browser x E m IDL Variables IDL Variable Name 010 DATA x 910 X Type FLOAT Value FLOAT 37 Data Import Name x Import Type IDLVECTOR OK Cancel Figure 2 14 The IDL Variable Browser I
77. dialog Edit the text to change the name Description String Description of this statistics function Edit the text to change the description Table C 13 Statistics Operation Properties The Operations Browser iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 369 Macros Properties Macros provide a shortcut mechanism that lets you quickly and automatically repeat a sequence of interactive operations The Macros tools appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Chapter 8 Working with Macros for details on how to use macros This browser has no properties that can be configured other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Macros Properties 370 Appendix C Operations Properties Statistics Properties The Statistics tool displays statistical information relating to the currently selected object or group of objects The Statistics tool appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Displaying Statistics on page 132 for details on how to use the Statistics tool This browser has no properties that can be configured other than Name and Description Statistics Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 371 Histogram Properties The Histogram tool displays a histogram plot of the data selected in the iTool window The Histogram tool appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Plotting a Histogram on page 131 for details on how to use the Histogram to
78. following figure Hold down the Ctrl key while left clicking with the mouse to make nonadjacent selections or hold down the Shift key to select an adjacent range of properties Property Sheet 8 iTools Style Editor Loix Fie Edit Apply Help c E My Styles E Histogram MyNewStylel Show True Prope rty NewTextStylel i Plot transparency 0 Property 848 redstyle wooo Value J System Styles 3 urent Style i lj Current S B Visualizations iJ t Multiple KP Surface gi rue bey Plot 1 Property a Polarpot Fate Selections 4b Image drugs jFase Contour AF 926 128 128 GP Volume SESE Hl Isosurface i Interval Volume a2 No symbol amp Image Plane E i A Plot Profile True m Colorbar i mooo lki Histogram i Symbol thickness Q Light i Symbol increment 1 GP Data Space 1 E Axis Visualization Layer 4 Shape Polygon 4 Shape Polyline 4l Shape Point E Map Grid E Annotations Figure 6 1 Property Sheet with Multiple Property Selections iTool User s Guide Property Sheets 90 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Visualization Property Sheets Visualization property sheets can be displayed from the Visualization Browser or from the iTool window To display a visualization s property sheet from the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Select the name of the object in the Visualization Browser list The o
79. from the IDL Data Export Wizard as an image file For more information see Exporting Data to a File on page 48 Printing File Print sends the current view of the contents of the graphics window to the specified printer via the standard Windows or Motif printer dialog If the contents have been modified in the current view they will appear modified in the printer output To print the contents of the graphics window 1 Select File Print The standard Windows or Motif printer dialog appears 2 Select the desired printer and printer properties from the printer dialog File Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 117 3 Click Print The contents of the graphics window are sent to the chosen printer with the chosen options Exiting the iTool Clicking the Close button xj on the iTool window will close the selected window File Exit also closes the iTool window You will be prompted to save any changes to the current state see File Save above for details All visualizations and views within the window are removed from memory iTool User s Guide File Operations 118 Chapter 7 Common Operations Rotation The iTools provide a number of ways to rotate graphical objects Objects that are 3 D can be rotated freely or along an axis using the mouse In addition both 2 D and 3 D objects can be rotated left or right in 90 degree increments or they can be rotated by a specified number of degree
80. from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 79 Legends Legends identify the visualizations displayed in the iTool window For example a legend displayed in an iPlot window can include a description of each plot line in a plot Or a legend can be displayed in an iSurface window to identify surfaces and contour levels displayed on those surfaces To insert a legend for a surface or contour 1 Select specific items to include in the legend or click in an empty area of the iSurface window dataspace to select the dataspace and include all items in the legend 2 Select Insert New Legend To add to a legend 1 Select the visualization item or items to add to the legend 2 Ifthere are multiple legends add the desired legend to the selection by shift clicking the legend border 3 Select Insert Legend Item Noe Only a single legend item may exist for a given visualization If you are inserting multiple visualization items into an existing legend only legend items for those visualizations not already represented will be added to the legend iTool User s Guide Legends 80 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Each legend entry consists of a sample and a label For example in Figure 5 1 the sample for the first entry is an unbroken line of thickness 1 and the label is Noisy Sine Plot The sample for the second is a broken blue line of thickness 2 and the
81. giai rp 356 i Melde 357 Mianipulutor l oBIDSE saioei er teer prre rrt heo re ER mer EEEE ATRE 358 Annotation Toolbar D Ea 359 E RED E 360 Contents iTool User s Guide 13 Appendix B Property Controls m H 363 Appendix C Operations Properties euseasssiesciciraneankd expe Rdk ded ciel dax aad nnmnnn AES 367 The Operations Browser 1 eu ie ende erdt taedet eie er Rete E epa TORA RSie 368 Macros Properties Lao ucc ec eee E eee tee ed tte ie ee E IE REL ALU ED CERE TER UN EET aai 369 MAPITIEDA NMlo e REM 370 PROTA PRODORUGS 2e iie retient ten iib bed ade resti Rd 371 Pilter unica M 372 Convolubon Properties 1 eee eee dent eter rre idee e ie et ste Rai ETRAS ERN 372 Merian PODER eiecit mesi tei t inde 373 Mim odi alij is NN EM 373 Robens Filter Properties Linie rede ter cete t t eere eee RR rade RR TH ERR HER 374 sobel Filter Properties i2 eene iia eee bet et ete Late Ra te elated 374 Unsharp Mask PEODOFUGS eere ie terere Rare ee eicere epos 374 Rotat PIDDeIled uus one E emiten ferie ie 376 Rotate Lett Properties 122i enar ieie pee tie e H Ee E ed e esee eter do 376 Rotate Rig it Properties 15 eiit recette edere deat He E ee Hep eed 376 Rote By Anske Proper se uideo tiim DR reu e desk i op sens 376 Fup ROTI 12 Ree eager nix tete engen rae nte tra tva 376 igirur ReMCMEM MT 376 Wrams forms Properties cm 37
82. iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 53 3 From the next screen select the data that you wish to export Notice that only data items can be exported as variables Click Next IDL Data Export Wizard Step 3 of 3 Enter the desired IDL variable name Data Name nf Data Type IDLVECTOR Description IDL Variable Name fy Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 2 22 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 3 of 3 4 The final screen and step allow you to name your variable as you wish A default name also appears as representative of the data item Name your variable and click Finish 5 The variable will now appear in the Data Manager Exporting via Context Menu An alternate way to export a variable to IDL is to select the variable within the Visualization browser and right click to choose Export to IDL For more information on the Visualization browser see Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Exporting Data 54 Exporting Data Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how working with visualizations within the iTool About Visualizations 6 56 Inserting Visualizations 58 Visualization Creation Methods 57 Modifying Existing Visualizations 60 Creating Visualizations Automatically 57 Exporting Visualizations 62 iTool User s Guide
83. in points for the label text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 52 Property Settings for Map Grid The Map Grid Lines dialog displays a property sheet for the longitude or latitude lines depending on which set you want to edit This sheet includes the same properties as the overall Map Grid object from Color to Text font size Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties ShapePolygon i IDL iMap Visualization Browser EM Window E View 1 EG Visualization Layer Ei Data Space E43 United States ag Alaska Ha Arizona m a Arkansas m a California E a Colorado a Connecticut 4l Delaware 4 Florida H a Georgia 4b Hawaii 465 Alabama Alabama True mooo 1 Fill background False a a District of Columbia 55 OBR 2RF ot 255 255 255 icy Figure D 37 Visualization Browser with ShapePolygon Properties Displayed These properties control ShapePolygon visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Color Color Color for the ShapePolygon line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the ShapePolygon line Select a style from the
84. in the iTool window Once data has been imported into the i Tool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations Importing Data From a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 39 For more information on the binary file reader see BINARY_TEMPLATE in the IDL Reference Guide manual For more information on plotting and plot functions see Chapter 13 Working with Plots Importing Shapefile Data For more information on shapefiles and inserting them into an iTool see Inserting an IDL Shapefile in Chapter 15 Note ee Once data has been imported into the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Importing Data From a File 40 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Working with Unknown Data If you supply data in a format not recognized by the current iTool the Create Visualization dialog allows you to specify how the data is to be used g IDL iTools Create Visualization IDL iTools Create Visualization This wizard will help you convert your data and create a visualization Launch the gridding wizard C Select a visualization and specify parameters C Do not create a visualization Help OK Cancel Figure 2 10 The iTools Create
85. include in the legend or click in an empty area of the iSurface dataspace to deselect and include all dataspace items in the legend 2 Select Insert New Legend To add to a legend 1 Select the visualization item or items to add to the legend 2 If there are multiple legends add the desired legend to the selection by shift clicking the legend border 3 Select Insert Legend Item Note LL Only a single legend item may exist for a given visualization If you are inserting multiple visualization items into an existing legend only legend items for those visualizations not already represented will be added to the legend For more information see Legends on page 79 in Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Adding a Legend 232 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding Axes Adding Axes By default surfaces are displayed with X Y and Z axes The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes in Appendix D Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to a surface visualization to make it easier to identify surface characteristics To add an axis to your surface visualization 1 Select the surface 2 Select Insert gt Axis 3 Choose from the following options e X axis e Y axis e Z axis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet For more info
86. label is Clean Sine Plot Noisy Sine Plot Clean Sine Plot Figure 5 1 Legend for Two Plot Lines Tip To alter your legend s properties such as in the example shown previously display the property sheet To do this double click the border of the legend box Legends iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 81 Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iTool visualizations Annotation m Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 5 1 Types of Annotations Note Annotations are 2 D in nature and are defined in their own data space They are most useful for adding notes to a data visualization for which the orientation has been finalized Text Annotations To add a text annotation 1 Click the Text Annotation button A on the toolbar 2 Click anywhere on the canvas A text insertion bar ap
87. level Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Label Label interval String List Choose the kind of label to use for each contour level Choose from these values None Value Text Symbol Number Distance between labels on the contour level Edit number to change value Default 0 4 No label gaps Use label color Boolean Interrupt the contour level for the label Choose True or False Default False Boolean Display a color for the contour level s label Choose True or False Default False Label color Color Color for the contour level label Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol label Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the contour level Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 2 0 2 iTool User s Guide Table D 41 Contour Levels Properties Visualization Type Properties 424 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text label String Text that labels the contour object in the legend Edit string to change value Default none Tick format code String Text that defines the tick format Edit string to change format You can edit this value only if Tick Format is set to Use Tick Format Code Default none
88. line so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the line annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one end of the line so that it changes to a resize pointer Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired line length To display and modify line annotation properties such as line thickness and arrow style double click the annotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 83 Rectangle Annotations To add a rectangle annotation 1 2 Click the Rectangle Annotation button E on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a rectangle of the desired size e To constrain the rectangle to a square hold down the Shift key while drawing e To draw the rectangle from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the rectangle annotation e To position the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected rectangle so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location e To resize the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the rectangle so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scal
89. list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the ShapePolygon line Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default False Table D 53 Property Settings for ShapePolygon iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 466 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Fill color Color Color for the ShapePolygon fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePolygon fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 53 Property Settings for ShapePolygon Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 467 ShapePolyline Si IDL iMap Visualization Browser EM Window BO view 1 Ei Visualization Layer E Data Space Sy Rivers a Fag Amazon a Amu Darya dig Amur fH Angara ag Araguaia 4 Arkansas 1 4B Benue 4 Blue Nile 4l Brahmaputra 4l Chire E E 2 2 4 4 Colorado 1 mooo Columbia Canan Figure D 38 Visualization Browser with ShapePolyline Properties Displayed These properties control ShapePolyline visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Append
90. mode Rotate Left and Rotate Right To rotate a selected 2 D or 3 D object 90 left or right select Operations Rotate Rotate Left or Operations Rotate Rotate Right Note For three dimensional objects the rotation is about the Z axis Rotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 121 Rotate by Specified Angle To rotate a selected 2 D or 3 D object a specific number of degrees select Operations Rotate Rotate by Angle specify the number of degrees in the Rotate Angle dialog and click OK Rotate Angle xi Enter angle pz E A OK Cancel Figure 7 4 Rotate Angle Dialog Noe For two dimensional objects such as plots images annotations contours and so on the angle is absolute The rotation angle is remembered and displayed in the Rotate By Angle dialog So for example you can set the angle to zero degrees to make your visualization angle rotate back to zero iTool User s Guide Rotation 122 Chapter 7 Common Operations Transformations Three types of transforms are common to all iTools Resample Rotate Data and Scale Data Resample The Resample transform resamples the selected data Resampling operation properties include factors for each dimension of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used gl Resample x Resample 1st dimension factor 0 5 2nd dimension factor 05 3rd dimension factor D 5 Interpolation method
91. on importing data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data In this example enter demosurface for your template name and then select New Field and specify demosurface as the Field Name and specify it as a two dimensional 200 by 200 Floating type iTool User s Guide Displaying Surfaces 226 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 3 Then select OK and OK to dismiss and visualize S IDL isurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Passe x Be w olele a os A N elelele Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 10 572 Figure 11 1 Surface Data Visualized in iSurface Displaying Surfaces iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 227 Surface Properties Surfaces have attributes or properties that can be modified to change their characteristics These properties are organized into property sheets for each operation and visualization type For example the skin of a surface visualization has a gold color by default To change this color modify the surface color property in the surface visualization property sheet To display the property sheet for a surface do one of the following e Double click the surface in the iTool window e Select the surface and select Edit Properties e Display the Visualization Browser and double click the entry for the surface For more information see Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Visualization Browser The
92. on using the convolution filter see Convolution Filter on page 127 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Median a Surface The median filter replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width to median a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Filter Median For details about using the median filter see Median Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Smoothing a Surface The smooth filter removes unwanted noise from a surface To apply the smooth filter to a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth For details on using the smooth filter see Smooth Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations iTool User s Guide Filtering a Surface 238 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding a Texture Map An image file can be imported into a surface visualization to serve as a texture map an image projected onto the surface skin in place of the default red skin To add a texture map to a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Edit Parameters to open the Parameter Editor 3 Click Import File to import the image file to be used as a texture map into the Data Manager 4 Findthe image file in the list of files in the Data Manager tree and select either a specific image channel to import or select Image Planes to i
93. operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Range Change X Minimum Minimum value for the x coordinate of the data set X Maximum Maximum value for the x coordinate of the data set Y Minimum Minimum value for the y coordinate of the data set Y Maximum Maximum value for the y coordinate of the data set Z Minimum Minimum value for the z coordinate of the data set Z Maximum Maximum value for the z coordinate of the data set Table 8 8 Range Change Operation Property Values Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g the data range scaled up or down further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 166 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Tool Menus Items The Tool Menus folder shown in Figure 8 16 contains the operations from the iTools menus History Visualizations Annotations Macro Tools c3 T ool Menus File 5 Edit Lg Insert Operations C Window G Help UE ES 4 T oo ba Figure 8 16 The Macro Editor s Tool Menus Folder You can use items from the Tool Menus folder as a source for property settings or as a direct sourc
94. or right click to select Paste Your selected property is added to your selected style Cutting and Deleting Properties within Styles You can cut or delete properties from your personal styles but not from the Current Style or from the System Styles For example 1 From the iTools Style Editor select a personal style and select a visualization object property you wish to delete 2 Select Edit Cut or Edit Delete Alternately you can right click on the property and select Cut or Delete Note Deleting a property from a personal style cannot be undone Cutting a property places the property on the clipboard and the property may then be pasted within another style Selecting Multiple Properties for Editing Multiple properties may be copied and pasted for all styles and cut or deleted only for personal styles as shown for individual properties in the previous sections To select multiple properties for these operations 1 Select a style by clicking on it 2 Select the style visualization object whose properties you wish to copy The properties appear in the right panel of the editor 3 Click on the property name and then for the selection of multiple discontinuous items hold down the Ctrl key while clicking on any other properties you wish to select For continuous selection hold down the Shift key while clicking on the final property you wish to select in your group All selected property names should appear depressed
95. properties control colorbar object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Border Boolean Set border on or off Choose True or False Default False Orientation Boolean Set orientation of colorbar Choose Horizontal or Vertical Default Horizontal iTool User s Guide Table D 46 Colorbar Container Properties Visualization Type Properties 440 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the colorbar in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the colorbar lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the colorbar lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 2 1 Major ticks Number Set number of major tick marks Enter value Default 3 Minor ticks Number Set number of minor tick marks Enter value Default 0 Major tick length Number Factor from 0 1 determining major tick length Move slider to change the size Default 05 Minor tick length Number Factor from 0 1 determining minor tick length
96. property is set to the applicable value of New Selection Add to selection Remove from selection As with other operations you can modify and delete the Selection Change operation by using the Macro Editor You can also add the operation from the Macro Tools folder in the source tree Making Selection and Tool Changes iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 169 Selection Change Operation Properties Figure 8 17 shows a Selection Change operation s property sheet Selection Change Description Selection type Existing Selectior Selection mode Container Item identifier Position in container Figure 8 17 The Selection Change Operation s Property Sheet The Description property is set by default to Selection Change The Selection Type property indicates the selection upon which the macro will act when you run it This property can have the following values Property Value Description Existing Selection Applies macro to the current selection Position in Applies macro to the object indicated by the Position in Container Container property Allin Container Applies macro to all objects in the container Next in Container Applies macro to the next object in the container based on the currently selected object or objects in the container If multiple objects in the container are selected the object with the highest position index is used as the starting poin
97. s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools 17 both the image and contours onto a three dimensional surface representation of a third data set By throwing new data into an iTool it is easy to end up with a hybrid tool that can handle complex composite visualizations Of course you have always been able to create these kinds of powerful composite visualizations in IDL to reveal important relationships and trends in data The main enhancements the new iTools provide are more mouse interactivity WYSIWYG What You See Is What You Get printing built in analysis undo redo capabilities layout control and better looking plots These robust pre built tools reduce the amount of programming IDL users must do to create interactive visualizations At the same time the i Tools integrate in a seamless manner with the IDL Command Line user interface controls and custom algorithms In this way the iTools maintain and enhance the control and flexibility IDL users rely on for data exploration algorithm design and rapid application development Foundation for the Future As you will discover the iTools are compelling new tools to add to your arsenal They complement the strong foundation that IDL has maintained over the course of its evolution This foundation has made possible countless valuable user written applications across many disciplines and industries However the iTools also represent the start of a new updated display paradigm for
98. s Guide Visualization Type Properties 442 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 46 Colorbar Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Histogram E IDL iPlot Histogram Visualization Browser EM Window 5 0 View_1 B m Visualization Layer EG Data Space mbe Channel 0 histogram m pa Channel 1 histogram E e Channel 2 histogram iE Axes Annotation Layer 443 lolx Channel 2 histogram Fill level color transparency Channel 2 histogram Histogram True Edit color table 1 moo25 1 42 5824 True 1 False False 12 Bi 28 128 128 mbol color mbol thickness mbol increment 0 2 True Bo 1 1 No symbol Figure D 31 Visualization Browser with Histogram Properties Displayed These properties control histogram objec
99. scies eee b ens 384 Region Grow Properties 385 Contour Properties coss rere 387 Image Properties 205 388 Sutface Properties cocos es 389 Volume Properties cen 390 Image Plane Properties LL 392 367 368 Appendix C Operations Properties The Operations Browser The Operations Browser provides a hierarchical tree view of the tools and operations available from the iTool Operations menu The Operations Browser is used to set properties for operations and tools used in the iTool window See The Operations Browser on page 95 for details on how to display and use the Operations Browser S IDL iPlot Operations Browser oi xi y Operations Operations E Operations Browser Macros Statistics gut Histogram E14 Filter Convolution Median Smooth Curve Fitting E43 Rotate Rotate Left Rotate Right Rotate By Angle H Transform E Map Projection Figure C 15 The Operations Browser The property sheet for each operation displayed in the Operations Browser contains the Name and Description properties described in the following table For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Name String Name assigned to this statistics
100. shared with any other users it will display identically There is no need to send an associated style file Note You can share styles with other users See Importing and Exporting Styles on page 195 for details What Are Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 177 Type of Styles Style information is stored in one or more style files located on your system The two classes of style files are System Styles and Personal Styles e System Styles IDL System Styles are pre loaded in your IDL distribution IDL s supplied System Styles are e IDL Classic This System Style contains IDL Direct Graphics common black background with white text and white linestyle IDL Standard This System Style is the iTools default and contains a white background with black text and black lines e Personal Styles IDL Personal Styles are styles which you create These are stored inside your id1 directory When you create a new style within an iTool it is automatically saved in this location Note Style information is stored independently of any iTool Styles are never automatically saved by simply making style changes in an iTool They must always be saved explicitly Applying a Style As mentioned System Styles exist in your IDL distribution and are ready to use immediately creating your own new Personal Styles is discussed at length in the Creating Styles section From an iTool window in order to apply a
101. style select Edit Style gt Apply Style or Edit Style Style Editor For more in depth information on style application see Applying Styles on page 185 iTool User s Guide What Are Styles 178 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Creating Styles There are two ways a new Personal Style can be created You can use the iTool s Style Editor or you can select one or more visualizations within your iTool view or the view itself and create a new style Both of these options are discussed here Creating a Style from the Current Visualization You can create a new style by selecting one or more visualization objects within the view or by selecting the entire view A new style created in this manner will contain all property settings of the selected objects or all objects in the view if nothing was selected Creating a Style From All Items in a View The following example shows how to create a new style from all items in a view 1 From the IDL Command Line plot a simple line graph within iPlot iPlot RANDOMU seed 30 2 From the iPlot window select one or more visualization objects or the entire view within the window Then select Edit Style Create Style from Selection Enter a name for your new style in this example it is named MyNewStyle1 in the Create Style from Selection dialog shown in the following figure S Create Style from Selection Eg Enter new style name MyNewStylel C Cre
102. text type 81 toolbar for 359 types of 81 volumes 313 axes adding to contours 263 images 208 surfaces 232 volumes 305 additional 86 properties 447 B big endian data 37 489 490 byte ordering big endian 37 binary data 37 little endian 37 native method 37 byte scale properties 380 C canvas zooming 74 colorbars adding to contours 261 images 207 plots 282 surfaces 229 volumes 304 properties 439 colors changing in contours 258 in ilmage 204 containers definition 167 contour 387 contours adding an axis 263 adding statistics 270 annotations 268 colobar 261 colorbar 262 colors in 258 displaying in iContour 247 in iMap 332 filling 259 filtering 264 flipping 267 histogram 270 labelling 256 legend level properties 485 legend properties 484 on surface data 234 Index contours continued properties 254 propertiesof 420 convolution filtering 127 properties 372 cropping 384 curve fitting for plots 286 D data importing 25 manager 22 data associations removing 61 replacing 61 data manager 22 data space 67 dataspace properties 403 range resetting 134 displaying 2D plots 273 3D plots 275 contours in iContour 247 in iMap 332 images in ilmage 199 in iMap 324 irregular grid data 248 maps 317 multi channel volumes 297 regular grid data 247 statistics 132 surfaces 225 volumes 297 drag quality 399 iTool User s Guid
103. the Median operation Close ilmage Start iImage open an image and apply the Convolution operation Oy ee OS Keep ilmage open start a new ilmage tool open an image in the new ilmage and apply the Dilate operation to it 7 Close the second newer ilmage Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 159 8 Open the Macro Editor from the existing ifmage tool iL IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 Open Smooth IMAGE TOOL Closed 2 gr Open Median 3 IMAGE TOOL Open Convolution D d Macro E ditor A 3 IMAGE TOOL 1 Closed 1 Open Dilate Visualizations m m A Figure 8 12 History Example with Open and Closed Tools Run Macro Items The Run Macro operation is itself an operation that will show up in the history and can be added to a macro Using the Run Macro macro item lets you nest macros for grouping of common tasks If a macro has been run you can copy a Run Macro item to a macro from the History folder You can also add it from the Tool Menus Operations Macros subfolder in the source tree The item contains a Macro Name property to allow specifying the name of the macro to run If you copy the item from history this property is set to the name of the macro that was run but you can set it to the name of any macro If you add the item from the Tool Menus Operations Macros subfolder
104. the next tool in the container If the current tool is the last in the container the search for the next tool will wrap to the beginning of the container and the first tool in the container will become the current tool Making Selection and Tool Changes iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 173 Property Value Description Previous in Change selection to the previous tool in the container If the Container current tool is the first in the container the search for the next tool will wrap to the end of the container and the last tool in the container will become the current tool Table 8 11 Change Type Property Values Recall that in terms of tool changes the container means simply the current iTools session encompassing all tools For more information see About Containers on page 167 The Tool Identifier property names the tool to which the Tool Change operation will change e g IMAGE TOOL for an ilmage tool This property is used only if the value of the Change Type property is By Identifier otherwise it is ignored The Position in Container property identifies the tool to which the Tool Change operation will change by number e g 0 for the first tool in the session This property is used only if the value of the Change Type property is Position in Container otherwise it is ignored iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 174 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Importing
105. the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Scale Data Editor dialog when Scale Data is selected from the Operations Scale Data menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Scale Data without displaying the dialog Default True Scale Factor Number Scale the selected data by this factor Edit the number to change the factor that appears in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor may be positive or negative Default 2 iTool User s Guide Table C 20 Scale Data Properties Transform Properties 380 Appendix C Operations Properties Invert Image Properties Invert Image Transform properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage only The operation has no unique properties Byte Scale Properties Byte Scale properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage only For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Automatic Boolean Automatically compute minimum and maximum Min Max values Choose True or False Default True Minimum cutoff Number Minimum value of array to be considered Edit the number to cha
106. the value Default 1 Table D 37 Plot Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Plot 3D Figure D 22 Visualization Browser with 3D Plot Properties Displayed These properties control three dimensional plot object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a iTool User s Guide gl IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer a g Data Space i Vertex color table CERO Lights AY shadow Annotation Layer 1 Symbol size iUse default color i Symbol color i Symbol thickness 3d plot 3d plot JA 3D Plot Visualization True Edit color table Hide Hide Hide mooo 1 Flat No symbol 0 2 True m 1 0 i Symbol increment A 3D Plot Visualization 413 Visualization Type Properties 414 Appendix D Visualization Properties description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex color table User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values Ef Palette Editor x E MENT 0 0 0 ze FH sj 1 Color Space Red G
107. to change the value Default 60 Focus attenuation Number Floating point value from 0 to 128 that attenuates the intensity of spotlights as the distance from the center of the cone of coverage increases This factor is used as an exponent to the cosine of the angle between the direction of the spotlight and the direction from the light to the vertex being lighted Active only when Spotlight type is selected Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 50 Property Settings for Lights Continued iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 458 Polygonal ROI Appendix D Visualization Properties i IDL image Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer E Data Space E Image lt 2 Polygon ROI H E Parameters E Axes Annotation Layer Polygon ROI Polygon ROI Polygonal ROI 0 E 255 0 0 1 Polygonal ROI Figure D 34 Visualization Browser with Polygon ROI Properties Displayed These properties control polygonal ROI object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0
108. to the maximum data value per channel To invert your image select Operations Transform Invert Image Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 217 Flipping an Image You can flip your image within the data space either horizontally or vertically These operations flip the actual data associated with the image To flip your data select Operations Flip Flip Horizontal or Operations Flip Flip Vertical View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the image display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom S on the toolbar or select a percentage value from the View Zoom droplist For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting a percentage from the Window Canvas Zoom menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Pixel Scaling The pixel scale represents the number of window pixels used to display a single image pixel horizontally and vertically Pixel scaling is shown on the image panel which appears on the right side of the iImage tool and can be manipulated via the Vie
109. tool or in another iTool that has a map projection already applied These files originated from the ESRI Data and Maps CD ROM data set 1999 2000 2002 and can be found along with their associated database dbx and index shx files in the resource maps shape directory of the IDL installation Inserting the Continents The Insert Map Continents operation loads the continents shp file and displays the continents as a single ShapePolygon Figure 15 8 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates g IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help uaaa e w ol amp fox AlN olole o ax 180 it fin F90 30 Max Edit Projection Continents 275 265 Figure 15 8 The Continents Shapefile iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 336 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting the Countries Low Resolution The Insert Map Countries low res operation loads the count ry shp file and displays the countries boundaries as of 2002 as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 9 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Countries low res visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help wle w 549 a fos A N elelele
110. type iImage An empty ilmage tool appears You can then import image data using any of several data import methods For more information importing image data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note LL For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IIMAGE in the IDL Reference Guide manual The ilmage tool can be launched in many different ways e Atthe IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File gt New Visualization ilmage menu option in the IDL Development Environment e Through the File gt New ilmage menu option in an iTool Common image file formats accepted are e BMP DICOM e JPEG e JPEG2000 PICT PNG TIFF Introduction iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 199 Displaying Images The ilmage tool s primary design is to visualize image data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iImage tool also allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display the image data Your options for invoking the ilmage tool are e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IMAGE in the IDL Reference Guide manual Through the File gt New Visualization
111. value to assign any missing data Selected Records shows the data itself in its desired column delimited format Importing Data From a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 35 5 Next enter the Number of Fields Per Line as two and the Delimiter Between Data Elements should be set to White Space Click Next ASCII Template Step 3 of 3 Field Specification Name FELT d E Group Group All Ungroup All Sample Record FIELD1 FIELD2 UnGroup Cancel lt lt Back Finish Figure 2 7 ASCII Template Step 3 Field Specifications The third step of the ASCII Template contains the following items e Name allows you to name your fields Default values are Field1 Field2 and so on You can enter the name into the Name field to the right e Data Type allows you to set the data type for your fields You can enter the type by selecting it from the Type drop down menu e Grouping allows you the option of joining fields to be manipulated or displayed as a group You can group certain fields group all ungroup certain fields and ungroup all The default is no grouping Sample Record shows you a sample of the configuration you have set 6 Next at step three the defaults are all correct for the data to visualize Click Finish and the data is imported and also in this case plotted Note M
112. white Table D 33 View Properties View Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 401 Visualization Layer Properties The Visualization Layer contains the data space and for three dimensional objects the lights associated with a visualization Beles S IDL iSurface isualization Browser B window 1 Visualization Layer 3 0 view 1 Name Visualization Layer Visualization Layer 1 Description View Layer E Data Space Show Tros e MA Surface iBackaround color 255 255 255 i amp t Ps 1 Transparent False Bj Lights qum lj Annotation Layer Projection Orthogonal Stretch to fit False View Layer Figure D 18 Visualization Browser with Visualization Layer Properties Displayed These properties control the visualization of the data space For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Background Color Visualization layer background color Transparent must Color be set to False Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparent Boolean Make visualization layer transparent Choose True or False Default True Table D 34 Visualization Layer
113. window Resize resizing True False Default False Table 6 1 General Settings Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 99 Property Control Type Values Change directory Boolean Set to be prompted to change directory upon open on open s True False Default True Default working Select Edit to bring up the Browse for folder dialog directory Default none Default style Boolean Select from existing style list Default none Default drag Boolean Set the window drag quality quality Eos Medium High Default High Printer output format Boolean Set the format for printing output Bitmap Vector Default Bitmap Clipboard output format Boolean Set the output format for clipboard copied data Bitmap Vector Default Bitmap Table 6 1 General Settings Properties Continued Note The Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the Preferences Browser restores all default settings immediately iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 100 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers File Readers Select this folder to edit file reader preferences and properties Available file reader types and their editable properties are listed in the following tables For more information on reading in data of various types see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data iTools State The iTools Stat
114. 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the polygon outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the polygon outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill polygon background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the polygon background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 62 Polygon Annotation Properties 2D Annotation Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 479 Freehand Annotation Properties These properties control freehand annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the freehand shape outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the freehand shape outline Select a line style from the list Def
115. 216 380 iplot properties 409 irregular grid data 248 isosurface extracting in volumes 308 properties 432 isurface properties 416 iTools annotation toolbar 359 common operations 112 edit menu 347 edit toolbar 357 file menu 345 file toolbar 356 help menu 355 insert menu 350 inserting a visualization 58 manipulator toolbar 358 operations menu 351 view properties 400 window menu 354 window properties 398 L labelling contours 256 layout window 113 Index legends adding 79 to contours 262 to plots 280 to surfaces 231 properties 480 lights adding to a surface 230 properties 455 lines annotating 82 472 profiles annotating 473 extracting for a surface 242 in images 218 little endian data 37 M Macro Editor Add and Remove buttons 152 items annotation 161 history 157 macro 155 Macro Tools 162 Tool Menus 166 visualization 160 macro property sheet 149 macro tree 148 menu bar 146 source property sheet 152 source tree 150 using 145 macros definition 139 exporting 174 importing 174 properties 369 recording 141 iTool User s Guide macros continued running 142 from the IDL command line 144 from the Macro Editor 143 from the Operations menu 143 Selection Change operation adding 168 properties 169 Tool Change operation adding 171 properties 172 types 167 manipulating images 216 manipulator toolbar 358 map grid inserting 334 Map panel
116. 27 5 Total 32640 Minimum 0 at 0 Maximum 255 at 255 Variance 5482 67 Standard Deviation 74 045 Absolute Deviation 64 Skewness a Kurtosis 3 f 21407 Figure 7 13 The iTools Statistics Window iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 133 The information displayed in the Statistics window varies depending upon the type of objects selected e For scalars the name of the variable and its value are displayed in the Statistics window e For arrays the following information is displayed e Name e Maximum and location e Dimensions e Standard deviation e Mean e Variance e Absolute deviation Total e Skewness e Minimum amp location e Kurtosis 3 The information in the Statistics window can be edited by selecting Edit printed or saved as a file On Windows platforms the standard Windows editing context menu containing Cut Copy Paste and Delete commands can be displayed by right clicking anywhere in the Statistics window e On UNIX platforms use the left or right mouse buttons to cut copy or paste To save the text as an ASCII file 1 Select File Save As 2 Enter a filename If the filename already exists you will be asked if you want to replace the file 3 Select Cancel to return to the Statistics window without saving the file To print the text select File Print The standard Windows or Motif printer dialog is displayed To close the Statistics window select Fil
117. 322 map projection 381 applying 318 common properties 318 definition 318 selected properties 319 map register image 382 maps displaying 317 median filtering 125 morphing 383 data 130 images 212 multi channel volumes 297 O objects rendering translucent 135 scaling 69 selecting 65 selecting all 65 translating 68 operations browser 95 368 common 112 file 115 iTool User s Guide 493 operations continued menu 351 property sheets 91 oval annotations 83 overplotting 277 P panel Map 322 panning images 219 parameter editor 60 parameters editor 60 plots adding a histogram to 293 adding statistics to 293 annotating 291 colorbar 282 curve fitting 286 displaying 2 D 273 displaying 3 D 275 displaying polar 276 error bars 283 filtering 289 histogram 131 legend 280 487 modifying properties for 279 overplotting 277 scaling 293 translating 291 polar plots 276 polygon annotations 84 478 polygonal ROIs 458 461 465 467 468 preferences browser 97 properties 2D annotation layer 469 3D plot 413 axis 447 byte scale 380 colorbar 439 contour 387 420 contour legend 484 Index 494 properties continued contour legend level 485 contours 254 convolution 372 cropping 384 dataspace 403 freehand annotation 479 histogram 371 443 image 406 image plane 390 392 436 interval volume 434 inverting image 380 isosurface 432 legend 480 l
118. 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Adding Axes 306 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Resampling Volumes Resampling re imports the selected volume data using parameters specified in the Resample properties Resampling parameters include factors for adjusting the X Y or Z dimensions of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used To resample volume data 1 2 Select one or more volumes in the iVolume window for resampling If necessary use the Operations Browser to set the desired parameters through the Resample properties See Resample Properties on page 377 for details 3 Select Operation Transform Resample IDL i olume lolx File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Digg l le eof a fos A N e elele Volume Name Volume Data Channels T Auto Render Quality Low textures 7 Boundary Solid walls Y Render Step Translate e3511 Figure 14 4 Resampled and Rendered Volume Resampling Volumes iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 307 Showing an Image Plane An image plane is a visualization of a slice of the volume An image plane can be dragged and rotated within the volume To show an image plane for a portion of volume data first be sure your volume is selected and then choose Operations Volume Image Plane An image plane appears showing a cross section of your volume data You can change the o
119. 55 56 Chapter 3 Visualizations About Visualizations A visualization is a graphical representation of data that has been imported into the iTool Data Manager This might mean a plot image or surface just to name a few Visualizations can be created in any iTool window either automatically or manually Visualizations can also be modified and exported These topics are all discussed in this chapter When data is imported into the IDL iTools system it resides in the Data Manager The Data Manager provides a convenient interface within which you can organize and manage data For more information on importing and exporting data in an iTool and the use of the Data Manager see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data This chapter deals with the process of visualizing data that is already imported into an iTool Visualizations can be created automatically at the IDL Command Line or can be inserted manually within an existing tool window Once created visualizations contain parameters which can be modified in various ways Visualizations can also be exported from an iTool These topics are all discussed in detail in this chapter About Visualizations iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 57 Visualization Creation Methods Visualizations can be created either automatically or manually The following sections discuss automatic and manual creation methods Creating Visualizations Automatically Visualizations can be created aut
120. 7 esis PrOD Lise re ri recte thea ae besides ERAEN RR 3T Rotte Data Peper uice Eee deba enel o hide nde gr Detienen 378 scale Data Properties 2 annie eee RE Feet rper ind aa 379 Inyert mage Properties ieisce sevice sersaniarcitiessiasespurtesielicestitiares eia ATENE EKETA 380 Byte Scale Propere t serae nete Daher betonen reip do 380 NGD Projection Propo di RN 381 Map Revister Image Properties 1 eee terra inie eiiiai 382 Motphing Properties 1 reete Gh bina ER dee RE e a 383 MPP PNG MD A 384 Ee Cuow Properties inen ebat ivit ie pibe E E etude tn 385 Contour Properties 12 iet ere esece petite t Debe inia E ek Eee HER SEES eu 387 rre rusos cir NR ea aa 388 DIET ACO PIODOIHOR nisineedreeiietelenataneatenebirepede rene EE E CEEE 380 iTool User s Guide Contents WOME PPO Pe MM 390 toas Pale ico ette danced stant pot e UE ERR UE RE Prats 390 nnn M 390 Render fell EUER 390 Intervol Volume 5c oodd tet rre inre decer bb eben ens 391 nri dcus t iUo NN 392 Lavnch Umage E 393 Appendix D Visualization Properties RITE E 395 TAN AO E A A A E A M 396 The Visvalization BIOWSS coicc thee tenerent tere era E PO ro rectae 397 Window Properties MEME 398 bu Bug mE R m 400 Vismalzaton Layer Propet S cioe e d Pd pede dc eie bd erids 401 Tote S poce Propio MP nik
121. C Operations Properties Filtering a Contour iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 267 Manipulating the Contour Display The iContour tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing plot displays Once you have visualized your contours you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify contour properties scroll and select contour ROIs The following options are available for manipulating contours Translating Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specific direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object For information on translating objects see Translation in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the contour display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom amp on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Flipping a Contour You can flip your contour within the data space either horizontally or vertically These operations flip the actual data associated with the contour To flip your data select Operations Flip Flip Horizontal or Operations Flip Flip Vertical Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canv
122. CCUR bic tei cere iet eere Ine Fee e eee inda 45 Parameter Data and the Command Ling een ccce neben 46 igo CQ MN 47 Chapter 3 bl 5 oj 0 m 55 About Visustizations 3 i eee ee te lee ER are UE RR CREE ae EE Ee Fee Pap ta Deb Le or Ro HA aC Ed 56 Wistializeliom Cregnon ur M 57 Creating Visualizations Automatically ecsseesseiseeertecet eerte 57 Modifying Existing Visualizatloli8 1 eee etae eo re ie o ELI ee RE EE eR Rad 60 The Parameter Bello once cde ietetet te lr He rei da reb eere erit eed 60 Removing Data ASSOCIATIONS iota mettent rete nde b ener bern 61 Replace Dato ASSOCII ONG ooroo kaeti reme er eere onera atu aes EN EEEE ER EKENS 61 Expor ng V USUI AUNTS eee rer erret titer Pte heit eU ERR EUR er eder Ug Ro e Pede e aea 62 Exporting toa Pile M 62 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 1oiuuiieeec neue eeiam n Ma RR mus du puE ERE RE RE qu nna 63 enn E EEUU 64 USC eem a 65 POOLE AM Me 65 nidi T P 66 PON a P rji Nm 67 jara ro EEUU 68 wie E 69 oM MT 74 CIPS AT accion cas esses 74 bil us P 74 bon d uno M E M 76 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 1 rxaiaarrrdin sa turam av dvd ciu cba qu ai aa iu ra dug 77
123. Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average above Edit to change the value Default 1 iTool User s Guide Table D 38 Plot 3D Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties Surface l IDL isurface Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer E Data Space HAG Surface fe iB Axes Annotation Layer Appendix D Visualization Properties Surface Surface Surface True 225 184 0 True 0 Edit color table 255 255 255 75 4341888427734 75 4341888427734 Filled Flat Quads 1 s False False 0 Nearest neighbor No tiling True i Texture map scale Visualization Layer Figure D 23 Visualization Browser with Surface Properties Displayed These properties control surface object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Control Type Values Property Color Color Color of the surface visualization
124. Data Tree View Property Sheets E Insert Visualization Sy Data Manager Off ARRAY gi CRATER 910 OBSERVED Of WORLDELV OBSERVED Name OBSERVED Description FLOAT 200 Read only False 910 THEORY Visualization Drop down Menu AJ x Select a visualization Plot Parameter Property E OBSERVED Sheet x Y ERROR ba w Parameter Data Types Window Parameters Data types accepted by Y VERTEX COLORS indicates a required parameter Help Import Variable Import File Insert Dismiss Figure 3 1 Insert Visualization Dialog With Image Visualization Type Selected The Insert Visualization dialog contains the following items Data Tree View this tree contains any imported data and or variables available for visualization in the Data Manager Data Properties this area to the right of the Data Tree View shows the properties of any selected Data Tree elements Select a Visualization Drop down Menu this menu allows you to select the visualization type to use with the selected data Visualization Creation Methods iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 59 iTool User s Guide Parameter Property Sheet these are the input parameters for the visualization type selected in the Visualization Type Drop down Menu These input variables will change per visualization type Parameter Data Types Window this window to the right of the parameters table shows the
125. ES keyword with an iTool command Macro items are processed sequentially each item either applying an operation or applying property values Macros can contain operations that change the selection so that subsequent operations or property settings apply to different visualization objects in one or more iTools For more information see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 167 After running a macro you can use the Undo Redo operation which treats the actions performed by a macro as a single event This means that if you run a macro and then select Undo all of the operations and properties changed by the macro revert to their pre macro values Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 143 Running from the Operations Menu You can run a macro by selecting Operations Macros Run Macros from any open iTool This selection opens the Run Macro dialog as shown in Figure 8 2 i Run Macro xi Select Macro Sample Macro Image Transform Macro Description Dpen invert rotate smooth Figure 8 2 Run Macro Dialog This dialog lets you select the macro to run The macro names are obtained from all saved macros Macros that have been created in the macro editor but not saved are not available By default the first item in the list is selected and the description of that first macro appears in the Macro Description field After you select a macro name from the list the Macro Desc
126. Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 139 What Are Macros In the context of the iTools a macro is a collection of operations and property values that can be applied to an existing visualization or visualizations There are two kinds of macros depending on what you have selected when you start recording For more information see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 167 Macros are not linked to the objects or visualizations to which they are applied When you run a macro the operations or property settings apply to the objects currently selected The macro system does include functionality to change selections and tools during the execution of a macro For more information see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 167 This means that property settings can be applied to multiple visualization types unlike property settings in styles Noe Property settings in macros apply to the selection but are not tied to visualization type whereas in styles they are tied to visualization type and might or might not apply to selection The following figure shows part of the display of the Macro Editor covered in detail in Using the Macro Editor on page 145 E43 Macros Sample Macro _ Eg S ample Macro Name Sample Macro dn Selection Change Description Color smooth ticks SetProperty Color Display intermediate steps False Smooth Jm Selection Change m i SetPrope
127. Guide manual iTool User s Guide Importing Data From the IDL Session 46 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Parameter Data and the Command Line Parameter data can often be entered at the IDL command line in IDL when creating an iTool Consider the following example 1 At the IDL Command Line enter the following myPlotData RANDOMU seed 30 iPlot myPlotData 2 The variable myPlotData is inserted into the iTool Data Manager 3 The following is produced in an iPlot window GU IDL Phot MEE F e Edt Insert Operations Window Help olala lle w Ole aj pez A N o ole o Click on item to select or click amp diag selection box 820 152 Figure 2 16 Reading Parameter Data in at the IDL Command Line Importing Data From the IDL Session iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 47 Exporting Data Data of many common file formats can be exported by IDL iTools File formats that are exportable are iTools State Windows Bitmap BMP Encapsulated Postscript Windows Enhanced EPS Metafile WMF Joint Photographic e JPEG2000 Experts Group JPG Macintosh PICT Portable Network Graphics PNG Tag Image File Format e ASCII text TIFF Binary data You can export data from an iTool to a data file or back to the current IDL session e Exporting Data to a File following e Exporting Data to the IDL Session page 51 These methods are discussed next iTool User s Guide E
128. Nearest neighbor Figure 7 5 Resample Dialog For example if the X Y or Z value of a visualization needs to be different from the original data value you can resample the data to adjust the X Y or Z value by the specified resample factor Or if the default interpolation method produces undesirable artifacts in the visualization of the data you can resample the data with a different interpolation method To resample data 1 Select one or more objects in the iTool window for resampling 2 Select Operation Transform Resample 3 Use the property sheet that appears to specify the resampling factor in each dimension along with the interpolation method See Resample Properties on page 377 for details 4 Click OK to resample the data or Cancel to abort the operation Transformations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations Note 123 For more information on the iTool s Operations Browser see Appendix C Operations Properties Rotate Data The Rotate Data transform makes it possible to rotate the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes To rotate data 1 Select the visualization 2 Select Operation Transform Rotate Data The Rotate Data dialog is displayed S Rotate Data x Description Show dialog Angle X center offset Y center offset Magnification Interpolatio
129. Once data has been imported into the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Importing Data From a File Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data For more information on using the ASCII file reader see ASCII TEMPLATE in the IDL Reference Guide manual Importing Binary Data Importing Data From a File When you open a file containing binary data that is not of a format recognized by any other file reader available to your iTool you must specify the format of the file before the iTool can read the data and place it into the Data Manager The iTool opens the Binary Template dialog to allow you to specify the format of the binary data Note If the file contains binary data of a recognized format such as TIFF or JPEG the iTool will automatically choose the correct file reader to read the binary data Note You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export binary data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 47 The following example opens a binary file using the Binary Template 1 From the iTool window open an example file named damp sn dat from the examples data subdirectory of your IDL distribution You can open the file either by selecting File Open or by clicking the Import File button in the Data Manager or Insert Visu
130. Show downhill ticks Choose Hide or Show Default Hide Downhill tick Number Distance between downhill tick marks Edit number interval to change value Default 2 0 2 Downhill tick Number Length of downhill tick marks Edit number to change length value Default 2 0 2 Visualization Type Properties Table D 40 Contour Properties Continued All levels Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Value 0 50 15 E oo E E O L Line style Line thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Label None None None None Noi Label interval 04 04 4 04 Nolabelgaps False False Fal False Use label color Fal Fal False Label color MWE noc Boo Bs mH Symbol label No No N bol Symbol size 1 0 1 1 Text label Text font Helvetica Helvetica elvelica Tel Text style Normal Normal Norma Normal No Text font size J 3 Figure D 25 Contour Levels Window iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 423 The Contour Levels window contains properties that control the contour levels Property Control Type Values Value Number Value of the contour level Edit the number to change the value Default comes from contour data Color Color Color for the contour level Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the contour level Select a style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the contour
131. This chapter describes the iSurface tool and gives you insight into unique surfacing and surface manipulation tasks Chapter 12 Working with Contours This chapter describes the iContour tool and gives you insight into unique contouring and contour manipulation tasks Chapter 13 Working with Plots This chapter describes the iPlot tool and gives you insight into unique plotting and plot manipulation tasks iTool User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools 19 iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes This chapter describes the iVolume tool and gives you insight into unique volume visualization and volume manipulation tasks Chapter 15 Working with Maps This chapter describes the iMap tool and gives you insight into unique mapping and map manipulation tasks Appendix A iTools Interface Reference This appendix gives you a detailed look at the iTool interface and its components Appendix B Property Controls This appendix describes the iTool controls used to set properties in the iTool property sheets Appendix C Operations Properties This appendix describes the properties of the iTools found in the Operations Browser of each iTool Appendix D Visualization Properties This appendix describes the properties of the iTools found in the Visualization Browser of each iTool Using this Guide 20 Using this Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTo
132. Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Text font String List Font used for label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Table D 41 Contour Levels Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 425 Property Control Type Values Text style String List Style used for label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the label text Edit the number to change the size Default 9 iTool User s Guide Table D 41 Contour Levels Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties 426 Volume S IDL i olume Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 a g a Q Visualization Layer Data Space Volume E Axes Lights Annotation Layer Appendix D Visualization Properties Select display s
133. Tools you can select Insert Data Space from the iTool window iTool User s Guide Adding a Data Space 68 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Translation Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specified direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object To translate a selected object to another location 1 Position the pointer inside the bounding box The mouse pointer changes to the translation pointer 2 Drag in the desired direction The entire object moves to the new location GI 10L iSurface Untitled Fie Edt Insert Operations Window Help chsielal Ixiele v alel a 3 Allelelela Click on item to select or cick amp drag selection box 628 451 Figure 4 1 Translating Objects Note For information on creating a surface visualization which you can translate such as the one shown in the previous figure see Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Translation iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 69 Scaling Two types of scaling are possible constrained scaling and unconstrained scaling Constrained Scaling Constrained scaling permits scaling of only one dimension while preserving the other dimensions Constrained Scaling of 2 D Objects To scale one dimension of a 2 D object click on the object so that eight small selection boxes appear at each corner of the object and also midway along each side of the object
134. Values Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 66 Contour Level Legend Properties Continued Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 487 Legend Plot Items The following are properties of Plot legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the plot object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for th
135. Visualization Browser provides a nested list of all visualizations displayed in the iSurface window From the Visualization Browser you can select visualizations and display property sheets for those visualizations To display the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Do either of the following e Click an item to select it in the Visualization Browser e Double click an item in the iTool window to display its property sheet For more information see Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers and Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Surface Properties 228 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces The Operations Browser The Operations Browser provides a nested list of all operations available from the iSurface Operations menu From the Operations Browser you can display property sheets for each of the items in the iSurface Operations menu To display the Operations Browser 1 Select Operations gt Operations Browser 2 Click an item to display its property sheet For more information see Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers and Appendix C Operations Properties Surface Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 229 Adding a Colorbar If you have added vertex coloring or texture to your surface visualization you can add a colorbar that will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar c
136. Z Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the z Extents color direction Default 1 Color Color for the volume Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Ambient color String Choose from default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Composite function String Choose composite function Default 2 Alpha Blending Acceleration hints Boolean Use acceleration hints Choose Enable or Disable Default Disable Interpolation String List Set interpolation type Choose between these values Nearest neighbor Trilinear Default Nearest neighbor Use lighting Boolean Use lighting Choose True or False Default False Table D 42 Volume Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 431 Property Control Type Values Voxel gradient Color Color of the volume Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Update Z Buffer Boolean Update Z Buffer Choose True or False Default True Skip zero opacity Boolean Skip zero opacity Choose True or False Default True Table D 42 Volume Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 432 Appendix D Visualization Properties Isosurface g IDL i
137. a le x pele w oA al ez A N e ol elo Figure 12 13 20 Filled Contour Levels Reset at 20 Levels Filling Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 261 Adding a Colorbar You can add a colorbar to your visualized contour which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar click on the contour data and then from the iContour window select Insert Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window Noe Be sure that the Use palette color setting in the Visualization Browser is True so that colors can be used After that you can choose or set your own color scheme from the Levels Color Table Edit color table function This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar and edit color tables For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar in Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 262 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Adding a Legend You can add a legend to your contour which shows the levels of the contour in their increments To add a legend select Insert New Legend from the iContour tool window El IDL iContour Mi E3 File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osaa ee v oA a Fors alalolele TTT TTTT
138. a ora name of your choosing Type byte Number of dimensions 2 1st dimension Size 248 2nd dimension Size 248 5 Click OK to close the New Field dialog and the Binary Template dialog and the contours are displayed in the tool S IDL iContour _ Of x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dela S l lel w ole a fos A N ale elo a Oo Oo 100 fk 200 150 50 L L EE 0 50 100 150 200 a u Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate 481 208 Figure 12 8 Earth Convection Contours in the iContour Tool iTool User s Guide Contour Properties 256 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Labelling Contours Each contour level line has its own properties You can access these properties through Contour level properties in the contour property sheet by clicking Contour level properties clicking on the arrow button and then clicking Edit The Contour Levels property sheet will appear Alllevels Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Value 0 10 20 3 Color Boo wooo mooo wooo I Line style qje _ um Line thickness 1 _ 1 1 1 Label None None None N Label interval 0 4 0 4 0 4 No label gaps False False False F Use label color False False False F Label color an 0 moo moo I Symbol label No symbol No sym No symbol No symbol Symbol size 01 0 1 0 1 0 1 Textlabel Tick format code
139. abel coor False False False False False Label color nv Moo an an woo Label fill background None None None None None Label fil color 255 255 255 555 2EE 255 255 255 255 2525555 2525 Text font Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Text style Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Text font size 3 3 3 3 E Latitude lines User Defined Click to edit individual or all latitude line properties Click E and Edit to display the Map Grid Lines dialog All grid lines Equator ON Lat30S as La sos Show True True True True Color moo ooo ooo ooo ooo Line style Thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Transparency 0 0 0 0 0 Label True True True True True Label position 05 05 05 05 05 Use label color False False False False False Label color moo Bo Moo Bs I Label fill background None None None None None Label fill color 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 Text font Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Test style Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Text font size 3 3 3 8 8 Color Color Color for the grid lines Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 52 Property Settings for Map Grid iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 463 Name Description Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the grid lines Select a th
140. ace For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show Dialog Boolean Display the Isosurface Value Selector dialog when Isosurface is selected from the Operations Volume menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the isosurface without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 28 Isosurface Properties Render Volume Render Volume has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Volume Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 391 Interval Volume For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show Dialog Boolean Display the Isosurface Value Selector dialog when Isosurface is selected from the Operations Volume menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the isosurface without displaying the dialog Default True iTool User s Guide Table C 29 Interval Volume Properties Volume Properties 392 Appendix C Operations Properties Image Plane Properties Image Plane Properties appear on the Operation Browser for the iVolume tool only Property Control Type Options
141. acro items are the elements that make up a macro namely operations and property settings You insert them into a macro either during recording or in the Macro Editor by moving them from the source tree up into the macro tree The properties of a selected macro item appear in the macro property sheet SetProperty Color Macros H D d Sample Macro diy Selection Change zz SetProperty Color Smooth diy Selection Change ZF SetProperty Minor ticks H A Image Transform E Plot Line Color 255 255 23 Figure 8 10 Macro Items in the Macro Editor Figure 8 10 shows the macro items in the Sample Macro macro both operations Selection Change and Smooth and property settings SetProperty Color SetProperty Minor ticks The first SetProperty item is selected to show the property value Color that it will set on the selected object during playback Operations Operations are the actions that you want the macro to perform on the selected object or objects such as inserting a plot legend or applying a convolution filter You can modify an operation s properties to customize it Some operations have the Show Dialog property set to False by default when the operation is added to a macro either by recording or in the editor This setting lets the operation run without displaying its dialog when the macro is run In this case any iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 156 Chapter 8 Working wit
142. acro tree The macro s properties appear in the macro property sheet as shown in Figure 8 5 To change any of the properties click on it in the sheet and make the modification you want Sample Macro Name Sample Macro Description Color smooth ticks Display intermediate steps False Figure 8 5 Macro Editor s Macro Property Sheet Macro Properties A macro has several properties The Name property is used to select the desired macro from the Run Macro dialog for more information see Running from the Operations Menu on page 143 In addition this property is the basis for the filename of a saved macro The Description property can be used to describe the behavior or purpose of the macro This property s value appears in the Run Macro dialog s Description field when you select a macro from the list The Display Intermediate Steps property is typically set to False so that the display updates only on completion of the macro You can set this property to True to display each step of the macro which might be useful when using a macro to animate a series of actions Noe if Display Intermediate Steps is False the default then updates to the display are suppressed while a macro is being run Operations that typically update the display such as the Volume Render operation will not change the display if Display Intermediate Steps is False iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 150 Chap
143. ains the following items e List of IDL Variables All variables available in the current IDL session are listed in a tree view e Variable Information Information about the selected variable is displayed to the right of the tree view e Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Data Import Methods 32 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Importing Data From a File You can import data from several types of files into the iTool Data Manager The following sections describe the process of importing different types of data e Importing Image Data on page 32 e Importing ASCII Data on page 32 e Importing Binary Data on page 36 e Importing Shapefile Data on page 39 Importing Image Data You can visualize image data stored in many common file formats Common image file formats accepted are DICOM Image Joint Photographic Experts Group JPEG JPEG2000 JP2 or JPX Macintosh PICT Portable Network Tag Image File Format Graphics PNG TIFF Windows Bitmap BMP Noe You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export image data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 47 Note EEFeeeSSSSSSSS S C FFFFSSSSSSSS For more information on the iImage tool and its functions and features see Chapter 10 Working with Images Impor
144. al layout of the iTools and how to perform common iTool tasks This User Guide is organized to help you make the most of the IDL iTools The User Guide contains the following chapters Using this Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data This chapter introduces you to bringing data into the iTools as well as exporting data Chapter 3 Visualizations This chapter introduces what an iTool visualization is and how to work with visualizations Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display This chapter describes the various ways that you can manipulate your displays within an iTool Chapter 5 Adding Annotations This chapter describes the various types of annotations available in iTools and how to work with them Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers This chapter describes the property sheets and browsers that are common to all iTools Chapter 7 Common Operations Many iTool operations are common to each tool These operations are described in this chapter Chapter 8 Working with Macros This chapter describes macros in iTools and how they are created and used Chapter 9 Working with Styles This chapter describes iTool styles and how to create and work with them Chapter 10 Working with Images This chapter describes the ilmage tool and gives you insight into unique image visualization and manipulation tasks Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces
145. ale bottom top Scale Texture Map User Defined Select texture map scale bottom top Scale Table D 39 Surface Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 420 Contour S IDL iContour Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer 6 Data Space Contour E Axes Annotation Layer Appendix D Visualization Properties Beles Contour Contour Contour level visualization True Click to edit False 0 6 Planar False Flat Figure D 24 Visualization Browser with Contour Properties Displayed These properties control contour object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 421 particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Contour level properties User Defined Click to edit individual or all contour level properties Click and Edit to display the Contour Levels window Alllevels Level1 Level 2 Level 3 Value 50 100 15C Cole Hos meee Ww M Line style Line thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Label None None None None Not Label interval 4 04 04 4 4 Nolabelgaps Falt
146. alization dialog This is a data file containing a damped sine wave with severe high frequency noise 2 The Binary Template window is then displayed S Binary Template bg Template name File s byte ordering Native z Fields Offset Dims Type Retum Verify Figure 2 8 The Binary Template iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 37 iTool User s Guide The Template Name is optional and can be any string The byte order in the file is selected using the using the File s byte ordering pull down menu The choices are Native the type of storage method that is native to the machine you are currently running Little Endian for Intel microprocessor based machines and Big Endian for Motorola microprocessor based machines No byte swapping will be performed Little Endian a method of storing numbers so that the least significant byte appears first in the number Specify this if the original file was created on a machine that uses an Intel microprocessor Big Endian a method of storing numbers so that the most significant byte appears first in the number Specify this if the original file was created on a machine that uses a Motorola microprocessor From this template click New Field The New Field dialog contains the following items Field name dampsn Type Byte unsigned 8 bits s Number of dimensions 1 X shee il pie 1st Sie 512 Wises 7 From beginnin
147. allowing you to set two isovalues Interval Volume Value Selector Lx Volume 100 al Decimate of original surface IV Show dialog next time OK Cancel Figure 14 8 Interval Volume Value Selector for iVolume Extracting an Interval Volume iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 311 If the volume is multi channel you can select a channel for setting the isovalues and then create an interval volume for that channel by selecting OK EINE ic File Edt Insert Operations Window Help nias ge l le OL fs AlsJelelele EIN Fie Edt Insert Oper 5T rations Window Help olaaa ol x golfe w 8 fos A s alolelel Translate Teale Jesesni Figure 14 9 Original Volume Visualization and Interval Volume Note Vertex colors are not persevered during decimation Note Interval volume surfaces often contain a large number of polygons which can degrade iVolume s display performance When selecting isovalues you can specify a decimation percentage to reduce the number of polygons in the resulting surface This decimation step requires additional time but the resulting surface will contain fewer triangles and will draw faster iTool User s Guide Extracting an Interval Volume 312 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Manipulating the Volume Display The iVolume tool allows you many optio
148. an see the Window in the Visualization Browser as well The Window is a container that holds Views and the order of Views within the Window folder of the Visualization Browser is equivalent to the Views positions in the container In relation to tool changes the container is the current iTools session containing all the tools The tools container contains the individual tools which can be referenced by their zero based position in the container The order of the tools is determined by their order of creation Selection Changes The Selection Change operation is a macro item that can alter the current selection so that subsequent macro items are applied to different objects During the recording of a macro the selection change operations are added to the macro when the selection is changed interactively In addition when you start recording a macro a Selection Change operation is added to reflect the current state of the selection for more information see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 167 Adding a Selection Change Operation You can add a Selection Change operation either when you start recording a macro or during recording A Selection Change operation is inserted during recording if the selection is changed interactively In this case the type of the selection change operation is set to Position in Container The values of the Container and Item Identifier properties are set The value of the Selection Mode
149. anslate 0 496 Figure 10 6 Image in ilmage with Axes Inserted and Placed Adding Axes iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 209 Resampling an Image Resampling re imports the selected image data using parameters specified in the Resample properties Resampling parameters include factors for adjusting the X Y or Z dimensions of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used To resample image data 1 Select one or more images in the ilmage window for resampling 2 If necessary use the Operations Browser to set the desired parameters through the Resample properties See Resample Properties on page 377 for details 3 Select Operation Transform Resample iTool User s Guide Resampling an Image 210 Chapter 10 Working with Images Filtering an Image There are six types of filters available in the iImage tool Convolving an Image To convolve an image 1 Select the image to be convolved 2 Select Operations Filter Convolution 3 The convolution filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited 4 Click OK and the filter is applied For more details on the convolution filter see Convolution Filter on page 127 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Applying a Median Filter The median filter replaces each pixel with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the two dimensi
150. are connected with vertical Y direction lines forming a grid Lego Stacked histogram style plot in which each data value is rendered as an outline box covering the XY extent of the cell and with a height proportional to the Z value Lego filled Same as Lego but the boxes are filled Default Filled iTool User s Guide Table D 39 Surface Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties 417 418 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Fill shading String List Method used for shading the surface polygons Select a shading method from the list Choose from these values Flat Shades polygons with a uniform fill Gouraud Interpolates intensities from each vertex along each edge Then when the polygons are converted interpolates the shading along each scan line from the edge intensities Results in a more natural appearance Default Flat Draw method String List Method used for drawing the surface Select a method from the list Choose from these values Quads Draw a surface composed of quadrangles Triangles Draw a surface composed of triangles Default Quads Line style Line Style Style of lines used for constructing the surface Select a style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of lines used for constructing the surface Select a thickness from the list Default 1
151. as Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Contour Display 268 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Scaling a Contour Display The iContour tool allows you to scale your contour data by selecting Operations gt Transform Scale Data You can scale your data by a factor which you provide in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor 2 0000000 LK ces Figure 12 19 Setting the Contour Scale Factor Once you have set the scale factor select OK and the scaling takes place You may zoom in and out from your plot using either the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the iPlot toolbar or by selecting Window Zoom In or Window Zoom Out Adding Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iContour displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify oval areas Table 12 1 Types of Contour Annotations
152. ate the surface freely position the mouse pointer over the surface so that it changes to a free rotation pointer Click and drag to rotate the surface in the desired direction e To rotate the surface along an axis position the mouse pointer over an axis so that it changes to an axis rotation pointer th Click and drag to rotate the surface along the axis in the desired direction To rotate a surface in 90 increments left or right from the Operations menu 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Select Operations gt Rotate Rotate Left or Operations Rotate gt Rotate Right To rotate a surface an arbitrary number of degrees from the Operations menu 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Select Operations Rotate Rotate by Angle 3 Inthe Rotate Angle dialog enter the desired number of degrees to rotate the surface For more information see Rotation on page 118 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Scaling a Surface Surfaces can be scaled freely or scaling can be constrained to one or more dimensions To scale a surface freely 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Position the mouse pointer over a side of the data set bounding box so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer XX 3 Click and drag to scale all points of the surface in the desired direction To constrain scaling of a surface 1 Select the surface in the iTool window Manipulating Surface Displays iTool
153. ate using selected items Create using all items in view Help Cancel Figure 9 1 Create Style from Selection Dialog Now you can select between creating the new style using the selected items or using all items in the view In this instance choose Create using all items in view 5 Select OK and the iTools Style Editor appears Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 6 10 Note 179 You can now expand the newly named style to view its properties Under MyNewStyle1 select Plot and change the Color to your preference as shown here Sif iTools Style Editor 15 x File Edit Apply E My Styles lcs MyNewStylel Visualization Layer E Anis GP Data Space lex Plot E43 System Styles Aff IDL Classic E IDL Standard E Current Style Help False False Bt 28 128 128 0 No symbol Custom Color Figure 9 2 Selecting Background Color Change the Symbol to Asterisk Now from the Style Editor window select the Axis object and change the color Select File Save to save changes to MyNewStylel Next from the iPlot window select Edit Style Apply Style and select MyNewsStylel from the Apply Style dialog that appears Your new style which contains changes to your line style color plot symbol type asterisks and color of plot axes is applied to th
154. ated items for example individual image channels associated with a true color image will show up underneath the Data Manager entry for the image itself The data tree view will be empty unless you have read or imported data into the Data Manager Data Properties This window on the right side of the dialog shows you all properties and their values for the data item selected in the data tree view Help This button will invokes the IDL online help system Import Variable This button allows you to select a variable in the IDL Main scope to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data From the IDL Session on page 44 Import File This button allows you to select a data file to import into the Data Manager Dismiss This button will dismiss the dialog About the Data Manager 24 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Data Item Management In addition to the ability to import new data into the Data Manager you can rename duplicate or remove existing data items e Renaming data To rename a data item enter a new name in the Name field on the data property sheet Deleting data To delete an unused or outdated data item select the item in the tree view click the right mouse button to display the Data Manager context menu and choose the Delete option Duplicating data To create a copy of an existing data item select the ite
155. ation will be created Save Saves the state of the current iTool to a file If the i state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename The saved file is cross platform Print Prints the entire contents of the graphics window Table A 7 File Toolbar Buttons iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 357 Edit Toolbar The Edit Toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function Undo Nullifies the previous operation and restores the iTool to its state before that operation Note Operations such as open save export export variable print exit and window moving and resizing cannot be undone e Redo Nullifies the previous Undo command and restores the iTool to its state before the Undo command was issued Any action that can be undone can also be redone w Cut Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard If the window layout is locked you will be asked if a copy of the view should be placed on the System clipboard Copy Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the System clipboard amp Paste Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view Table A 8 Edit Toolbar Buttons
156. ature by selecting Operations gt Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram in Chapter 7 Common Operations Viewing Statistics To view statistics for plot data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations gt Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics in Chapter 7 Common Operations iTool User s Guide iPlot Tool Operations 294 Chapter 13 Working with Plots iPlot Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the iVolume tool EntsoUd CHOR soo eee ees 296 Displaying Volumes 297 Using the Volume Panel 301 Volume Properties cocer e 303 Adding a Colorbar secs esse 304 Adding AKES Lees baer Etre 305 iTool User s Guide Resampling Volumes 306 Showing an Image Plane 307 Extracting an IsoSurface 308 Extracting an Interval Volume 310 Manipulating the Volume Display 312 iVolume Tool Operations 314 295 296 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Introduction Introduction The IDL iVolume tool displays your data in volume form The iVolume tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing volume data To use iVolume from the IDL Command Line type i Volume An empty iVolume tool appears You can then import volume data using any of several data import methods For more infor
157. ault solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the freehand shape outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fillbackground Boolean Fill freehand shape background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the freehand background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 63 Freehand Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide 2D Annotation Layer Properties 480 Legend Properties Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control legend annotations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls g IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer Annotation Layer e Legend Legend Legend False Top Right Column 0 15 0 02 0 02 mooo Helvetica Normal 10 wooo 1 True 1 255 255 255 0 Figure D 40 Visualization Browser with Legend Properties Displayed Note This section discusses the p
158. axis line Above right Place text above or to the right of the axis line Default Below left Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Title String Title to apply to this axis Enter title text for the axes No default value Text color Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 49 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 454 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for tick and label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for tick and label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the tick and label text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 49 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued Vi
159. ayer Properties iTool User s Guide 2D Annotation Layer Properties 470 Appendix D Visualization Properties Text Annotation Properties These properties control text annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text string String Text that appears in the annotation Edit to change the text or to add formatting commands such as the following C Add new line e U Add superscript characters D Add subscript characters N Return to normal characters For a complete list of embedded text formatting commands refer to Embedded Formatting Commands in Appendix H of the IDL Reference Guide No default value Horizontal alignment Color String List Horizontal alignment of multiple lines within text box Choose from these values Left Align text along the left border of the text box Center Align text in the center of the text box Right Align text along the right border of the text box Default Left Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Fill background Boolean Fill the background of the text with the background color Choose True or False Default False Transparency Numbe
160. bject s down one display level Selections related to iTool s styles Style Apply Style Applies current style to your iTool visualization Create Style from Selection Creates a new style from selected visualization items Style Editor Brings up the Style Editor dialog Parameters Displays the Parameter Editor See Data Import Methods on page 25 for details Edit Menu Table A 2 The Edit Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 349 Menu Keyboard F netlon Selection Accelerator Properties Brings up the property sheet for the currently selected item s If only the view is selected the property sheet for the view layer is presented Only one property sheet may be displayed at a time If a different item or view is selected the contents of the property sheet change to the properties of the new item or view For grouped items a single property sheet with the intersection of the properties is displayed When the property values are not the same for the grouped items those properties are set to undefined or default Setting a property for a grouped item sets that property for all items in the group iTool User s Guide Table A 2 The Edit Menu Continued Edit Menu 350 Insert Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Insert menu contains tools for adding visualization elements to the displayed data Content
161. bject s properties are displayed in the right hand pane of the Visualization Browser window the small arrows at the top left of the Browser window will allow you to display both panes To display a visualization s property sheet from the iTool window 1 Click to select the object in the iTool window 2 Doone of the following to display the property sheet for the selected visualization e Double click the visualization in the iTool window e Select Edit Properties e Right click to display the Context Menu and select the Properties menu item Note For detailed information on Visualization Browser properties see Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Sheets iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 91 Operations Property Sheets Operations property sheets can only be displayed from the Operations Browser To display an operations property sheet 1 Select Operations Operations Browser 2 Select the name of the operation in the Operations Browser list The operation properties are displayed in the right hand pane of the Operations Browser window the small arrows at the top left of the Browser window will allow you to display both panes Note For detailed information on Operations Browser properties see Appendix C Operations Properties iTool User s Guide Property Sheets 92 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser prov
162. cale bottom top E dit color opacity table E dit color opacity table Edit Subvolume extents False Low texture maps Solid walls Disable Nearest neighbor False One sided True True Figure D 26 Visualization Browser with Volume Properties Displayed These properties control volume object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 427 Property Control Type Values Display Scale Set the display scale for the selected volume Select Display Scale Bottom Top Edit F Link All Ld OK Cancel iTool User s Guide Table D 42 Volume Properties Visualization Type Properties 428 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Color amp Opacity Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color Table 0 table to manipulate plot color values l Palette Editor x E Kd an YE CO Kd an 0 0 0 ze Ei ej al l Color Space RedGreenBue z EditMode Freehand v Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined R G B A iv iv WwW lv Display M v iv i Mody OK Cancel Note To edit the opacity only in the editor uncheck the R G and B boxes in both the Modify and Di
163. ce ceee ds 325 Displaying a Contour 332 Creating a Shape Visualization 333 Inserting a Map Grid 334 Inserting an IDL Shapefile 335 315 316 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Introduction Introduction The IDL iMap tool displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections as well as shapefile data The iMap tool gives you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing these data To use iMap from the IDL Command Line type iMap An empty iMap tool appears You can then import image or contour data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IMAP in the JDL Reference Guide manual The iMap tool can be launched in many different ways At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords Through the File gt New Visualization iMap menu option in the IDL Development Environment Through the File New gt iMap menu option in an iTool On Windows platforms from the Start menu Start Programs gt RSI IDL 6 1 iTools gt iMap iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 317 Displaying Maps The iMap too
164. ces Browser 110 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools Trod DOR oo mes eal ee ca eas 112 Window Layouts 000 113 File Operations 6 eee Rr 115 PGA Lec edo hed Ree dus 118 Transformations 0 0e eee 122 iTool User s Guide IGI conss etate ete er E 125 NIOUDBIBE cecce inert and 130 Additional Operations 131 Rendering Translucent Objects 135 Operations on Regions of Interest 136 111 112 Chapter 7 Common Operations Introduction Introduction The six Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume and iMap each have many common operations This chapter discusses the use of these common operations Noe This chapter describes only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the RSI iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 113 Window Layouts You can change the minimum size of the canvas displayed in the iTool window display multiple view
165. changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify oval annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Polygon Annotations Annotations To add a polygon annotation l 2 3 Tip Click the Polygon Annotation button on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas to specify the first point of the polygon Click again to specify the second point of the polygon A line is drawn to connect the first and second points Click to specify the third and each consecutive point of the polygon Lines are drawn to connect each subsequent point forming a multi sided shape To remove the last point press the Esc key 5 Double click to specify the last point of the polygon Selection boxes appear at the corners and sides of the newly created annotation To position the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected polygon so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the polygon so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the polygon so that it changes t
166. ck marks on left side of axis to 1 minor tick marks extend same length as major tick marks on right side of axis Move the slider to change the value Default 0 5 Minor tick marks extend one half the length of major tick marks on right side of axis Tick interval Number Interval between major tick marks Edit the number to change the value Default 0 use the default interval for the specified range Tick layout String List Select layout style for major and minor tick visualization Choose from these values Axis plus labels Display tick labels and marks Labels only Display tick labels only no tick marks Box style Display tick labels and marks with labels enclosed in boxes Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Select a direction for tick marks Choose from these values Right Above Place tick marks to the right of or above the axis line Left Below Place text to the left of or below the axis line Default Right Above Text show Boolean Show tick and label text Choose True or False Default True Table D 49 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 453 Property Control Type Values Text position String List Select a position for tick and label text Choose from these values Below left Place text below or to the left of the
167. cro Editor s Source Tree You can use these property settings and operations as a source for macro items Selecting one of these items displays its properties in the source property sheet next to the tree panel While the visualizations and annotations cannot be used directly in macros you can use their properties as the source for macro property settings The source tree also contains operations for the current tool in the Tool Menus Operations subfolder which you can use as a source for macro operations Clicking on an item in the tree selects the item and displays its property sheet to the right of the tree panel You cannot multi select within the tree Right clicking within the tree brings up the context menu of available actions see The Menu Bar on page 146 If you right click on a tree item then that item is selected iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 152 Chapter 8 Working with Macros The Source Property Sheet The source property sheet bottom right displays the properties of items in the source tree to its left As described above properties can be used as source items for macros Show Transparency Color mn Arrow style Arrowhead size 10 05 Figure 8 8 Macro Editor s Source Property Sheet Figure 8 8 shows the properties for the Line operation found in the source tree s Annotations folder You can multi select properties in the sheet Selected properties may b
168. d ebbe Eie etia 209 Filtering an Image RT 210 Convolving an Image 12e ds eeu erre ite inet re p ede E EO a ere nude 210 Applying a Median PUer Liu eee rre en haec t e eben eruca 210 ants ATES EL LAG E 210 Apphane a Roberts Pater ccc eire retener terree erit deret itr ete HP Iba Ras 211 Applying Sobel Pilter 14 e ten ERE EE tr Ehud 211 Applying dn Unm NOSE erret er denter tue o tete e oua 211 Applying Morphological Operator e cett crei teeth hene 212 Contouring an Image ce eere eec iet ta prete le tbe torba ose ueque 213 mI amg Ji MAg e C 215 M inipulatimg the maze DISplay eene retten reet t tht renta 216 Rote Bae intl MN D MEE 216 Scaling an Image and Byte Scaling an Image eene 216 Inver ng an mape i2 e Ee ERE E ni et hie Det Eo ee HERE Ere EE Eh Core Head e 216 PPS Bie ier 2 lessees 217 Li A n area 217 Canvas ZOOM M 217 Pree Sealing d 217 Egon Cuo WIE isccebeentecie nire etre bur ePi ee daha be ee reas 217 FRE VIDI EIE IU E E E neuron scesaasoidcnesloonestabaeeeslasvedbdaseseeloveauee 218 Dantes PRGA EN 218 View Panning ei 219 oinppun Sn TUNES urere eire eerte at Seide oie tfe idea 219 ilimage Tool DDOESDONS siecle iret he deed dn dnb PEETER isa 221 Viewing alti curii M 221 Viewing Image SDAUSHOS 5 sais ee ie eet t ite Rete Her
169. define parameters and insert a new visualization Note that the Show Dialog property is set to True because you must define the parameters interactively unlike with an Insert Visualization operation that has been recorded or copied from history You can select annotations in the source tree to select their properties but you cannot move the annotations directly up into macros because they require initialization with data The exception is annotations in the History folder for more information see Annotation Items on page 161 The Item Remove Button The item Remove button in the left pair removes the selected item or folder from the macro tree The Property Add Button The property Add button in the right pair moves selected properties up into a new or existing SetProperty operation in a macro Running a macro with a SetProperty operation applies the property setting to the selected visualization letting you set the specified property on any applicable object Note Once a property setting is added to a macro it is no longer tied to a particular visualization type If you add a desensitized property to a macro item the property will be sensitized not grayed out in the macro property sheet If you select an existing SetProperty item in the macro tree IDL adds properties to it instead of creating a new SetProperty item iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 154 i iTools Macro Editor File Edit Run Help
170. ding node counter clockwise from the equator SOM Landsat number Space Oblique Mercator Landsat number Worldwide Reference System Table 2 Properties for Selected Map Projections Continued Applying a Map Projection iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 321 Name Description SOM Landsat path Space Oblique Mercator Landsat path number SOM longitude deg Space Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the ascending node SOM period minutes Space Oblique Mercator satellite period in minutes SOM ratio Space Oblique Mercator Landsat ratio that compensates for confusion at the northern end of orbit Standard parallel 1 deg First standard parallel degrees latitude of true scale Standard parallel 2 deg Second standard parallel degrees latitude of true scale Zone 1 60 Universal Transverse Mercator UTM grid zone number Table 2 Properties for Selected Map Projections Continued Note The map projection properties are normally taken from the currently selected dataspace However in the Operations Browser the map projection properties are registered on the operation itself Changing these properties in the Operations Browser will have no affect on the currently selected dataspace If the Show Dialog property is set to false and then the Map Projection operation is activated the projection properties will be copied directly from the Map Projection operation onto
171. dling of various file types see the following sections e For ASCII data see Importing ASCII Data on page 32 e For binary data see Importing Binary Data on page 36 Data Import Methods iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 31 Using the Data Manager Dialog Selecting Window Data Manager opens the Data Manager dialog You can then click the Import Variable or Import File button Importing a File If you are importing data from a file the File Import dialog appears It contains the following items e File Name The full path of the file want to open You can populate this field using a standard dialog by clicking the File Open button e File Open button displays the standard file selection dialog File Type After a file is selected the File Type field displays the format of the file Options Button After a file is selected click Options to display a properties window shows properties of the file reader that will import the data if any exist Modify these properties as necessary to import your data correctly Noe For more information about file format types that are available in iTools see File Readers in Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers e Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager Importing a Variable If you are importing data from an IDL variable the IDL Variable Browser appears It cont
172. e Close iTool User s Guide Additional Operations 134 Chapter 7 Common Operations Resetting Dataspace Ranges You can reset the ranges of your data space to accommodate all your contained visualizations When you reset your ranges the following properties of the data space are reset to a value of True e Automatic X range updates e Automatic Y range updates e Automatic Z range updates To reset the ranges of your data space select Window Reset Dataspace Range Additional Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 135 Rendering Translucent Objects Within iTools you can set the transparency of an object to make it appear totally opaque transparent or translucent Isosurface objects are just such a case Text objects can also be made partially transparent so that you can see through the labels on a complex plot and still see both the labels and the data In the majority of scenarios where you will utilize opaque data objects and translucent text labeling this translucent rendering works very well It is important to know however that translucent rendering does not always work well in more complex situations This is because translucent objects must be strictly rendered from the back far from the viewer towards the front closer to the viewer IDL accomplishes translucent rendering by blending the pixels already drawn on the device with the pixels that are drawn to represent a translucent object Ther
173. e E edit menu 347 edit toolbar 357 error bar plots 283 F files menu 345 operations 115 reading 100 toolbar 356 writing 105 filling contours 259 filtering contours 264 convolution 127 data 125 images 210 median 125 plots 289 smooth filter 125 surfaces 237 flipping contours 267 flipping images 217 freehand annotations 85 479 G general settings 98 gridding wizard 249 H help menu 355 histogram adding to a volume 314 for contours 270 for plots 293 iTool User s Guide 491 histogram continued plot 131 properties 371 443 surface 244 l IDL shapefiles inserting 335 ilmage properties 406 ilmage color 204 iimages ROIs 204 image plane 392 images adding axis to 208 colorbar to 207 surface 215 annotating 218 brightness 204 205 contouring 213 cropping 219 displaying in ilmage 199 in iMap 324 displaying multiple 200 filtering 210 flipping 217 image panel 203 inverting 216 line profiling 218 manipulating 216 modifying properties 206 morphing 212 of surface data 233 panning 219 pixel scaling 217 plane for volumes 307 properties 390 436 region growing 217 registering 325 Index 492 images continued resampling 209 rotating 216 scaling 216 zooming 217 importing data 25 insert menu 350 inserting IDL shapefiles 335 map grid 334 interval volume extracting in volumes 310 properties 434 inverting images
174. e clicking or by selected the down arrow just below the Data Tree View 4 Click Apply to apply your new changes or Dismiss to close the Parameter Editor Note The Apply button will not be available unless all required parameters have been assigned within a visualization Removing Data Associations Once a visualization has been created you can always remove associations within the parameter editor Select the parameter in the parameter property sheet and click the X button between the data tree view and the parameter property sheet Noe If you remove a required parameter you will not be able to apply your changes until you select a new data item for that parameter Replacing Data Associations To replace the data associated with a given parameter select the parameter in the parameter property sheet then select a new data item in the data tree Double click or click the down arrow button to replace the data associated with the selected parameter iTool User s Guide Modifying Existing Visualizations 62 Chapter 3 Visualizations Exporting Visualizations Any iTool visualization can be saved In order to save your visualization select File Save As and then name the file The file will automatically be assigned the extension isv Exporting to a File You can export data from an iTool to a data file or back to the current IDL session For more information on exporting to a file see Exporting Data in Chapt
175. e Default 12 Legend Properties Table D 65 Contour Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 485 Legend Contour Level Items The following are properties of individual Contour level legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the contour in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Use text from Text format code String List Choose a source for the legend text Choose from these values Level value Levellabel User defined Default Level value String Text that defines the tick format Edit string to change format You can edit this value only if Text Format is set to Use Tick Format Code Default none Text format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each legend item Choose from these values None Use Text Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Table D 66 Contour Level Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Legend Properties 486 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type
176. e Chi square value shows the resulting chi square value which is a measure of goodness of fit You can use this dialog to determine what type of model would best fit your data by changing the Curve fitting model drop down menu setting and the Initial parameters text boxes values Curve Fitting 288 Chapter 13 Working with Plots 3 Select the desired curve fit from the Curve fitting model drop down list You can also set initial parameters if desired IET c x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oslas l Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 13 11 A Quintic Curve Fit to a Sin Wave Plot The new curve created by the curve fitting operation is added to the Data Manager Curve Fitting iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 289 Filtering a Plot The iPlot tool allows you to modify your plot data in the following ways Plot Smoothing Within the iPlot tool plots can also be smoothed to soften edges or compensate for random noise in the plot To smooth your plot from the iPlot window select Operations Filter Smooth rg ar 10 oe D Me TA mean pautos vandon Heb Tie t mient Opeens Wedo oslas x ale w ae fos alojolele polsas x glel w ole f alsololeje 200 Ex ada eo a a S CRT eS 1 100 200 300 400 a e S iuda hirinn H 100 200 300 400
177. e Fal Fal Use label color Falo Fake Fal e Labelcolor MENT Boo Boo m Symbol label N No symbol Synibol size Test label Tex fon Hel Helvet i Test style N D l Text font size 3 3 Use palette color Boolean Use palette color Choose True or False Default False Planar Z Value Number Z value of plane on to which to project contours Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Number of levels Number Number of contour levels to display Edit the number to change the value Default 5 Projection String List Method of projection Select a method from the list Choose from these values Three D Project in three dimensions Planar Project onto a plane Default Planar Fill contours Boolean Fill space between contours Choose True or False Default False iTool User s Guide Table D 40 Contour Properties Visualization Type Properties 422 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Minimum value Number Minimum value to display in the contour Edit number to change value No default value Maximum value Number Maximum value to display in the contour Edit number to change value No default value Downhill ticks Boolean
178. e File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The iTools State File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 2 iTools State File Reader Properties Windows Bitmap The Windows Bitmap File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Windows Bitmap File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 3 Windows Bitmap File Reader Properties Joint Photographic Experts Group The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 4 Joint Photographic Experts File Reader Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 101 JPEG2000 The JPEG2000 File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Levels to discard A droplist giving the number of highest resolution levels which will not appear in the result Image dimensions are divided by 2 to the power of this number For example if the image in the object has dimensions of 1024 x 1026 and DISCARD LEVELS is set to 3 the resulting image will have dimensions of 128 x 129 which is the ceiling of 1024 1026 divided by 23 The default is None implying that the full resolution image will be returned
179. e about visualizing contour data see Displaying Contours on page 247 Once you have contour data in the iMap tool all of the features of the iContour tool are available For more information see Chapter 12 Working with Contours Displaying a Contour iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 333 Creating a Shape Visualization A shapefile stores nontopological geometry and attribute information for the spatial features in a data set The shapefile format was created by ESRI and is widely used in the geographic information systems community The iTools display a shapefile s data by creating one of three special visualization types ShapePolygon ShapePolyline and ShapePoint The type of visualization created depends on the type of data in the shapefile Note For more information on the shape visualizations see Visualization Type Properties on page 406 You can create a shape visualization in one of the following ways Using File gt Open and selecting the shapefile e Using File gt Import to launch the Data Import Wizard and selecting the shapefile Using Insert gt Visualization and either selecting the appropriate shape visualization type if you have already imported the shape data into an iTool or selecting the shapefile whose data you want to import for a shape visualization Note When creating a shape visualization using File Import or Insert Visualization if the shapefile contai
180. e as the output pixel value Cubic Use cubic polynomial waveforms instead of linear waveforms Most accurate method but may require more processing time Default 2 Nearest neighbor iTool User s Guide Table C 18 Resample Transform Properties Transform Properties 378 Appendix C Operations Properties Rotate Data Properties The Rotate Data operation allows you to rotate the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes See Rotation on page 118 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details on using the Rotate Data operation The following properties control the Rotate Data tool For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Angle Number The angle of rotation in degrees clockwise Default 0 X center offset Number X subscript of the center of rotation Default 0 Y center offset Magnification Number Y subscript of the center of rotation Default 0 Number Magnification factor Default 1 Interpolation method String List Method of interpolation to use when rotating Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the
181. e for macro items When you add one of these operations to a macro e g to change the view layout of an iTool you can modify the resulting macro item s property values to customize the actions taken by the operation when the macro runs Note These operations are for the current tool Therefore this folder is no longer available if all tools are closed Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 167 Making Selection and Tool Changes You can change the selection of objects and even iTools in the course of a macro to let you apply macro items to different objects within and across iTools You can add these operations during macro recording or by using the Macro Editor where you can find the selection change operations in the Macro Tools folder of the source tree Macro Type Based on Recording Selection What you have selected when you start recording a macro gives rise to two general types of macros where one of the following states is true e A visualization or annotation selected e No visualization or annotation selected e g a view selected instead In the first case the macro s first item is a Selection Change operation with the Selection Type property set to Existing Selection This item represents the selection active when recording starts When you play back the macro it begins to apply its items operations property settings or both to the object that is selected when
182. e legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 iTool User s Guide Table D 67 Plot Legend Properties Legend Properties 488 Appendix D Visualization Properties Legend Surface Items The following are properties of individual Surface legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the surface object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Legend Properties Table D 68 Surface Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Numerics 2D annotation layer 469 3D plots 413 A adding an axis 86 annotating countours 268 freehand type 85 images 218 line type 82 oval type 83 plots 291 polygon type 84 rectangle type 83 iTool User s Guide annotating continued
183. e moved to a macro property setting item Although all properties in the source property sheet are grayed out desensitized you can select them for creation of SetProperty macro items for more information see SetProperty Settings on page 156 Noe User defined properties are available only if they are part of a macro recording they will apply like any other property during playback You cannot otherwise use a user defined property moving copying modifying etc in the macros system The Add and Remove Buttons There are two sets of Add and Remove buttons one for the source and macro trees and one for the source and macro property sheets Both sets have similar behavior Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 153 The Item Add Button The item Add button in the left pair copies items from the History and operations folders up into macros If a macro folder is selected in the macro tree then the new item is placed at the end of existing items If a macro item is currently selected in the macro tree then the new item is added to the macro folder immediately following the selected macro item If the top level Macros folder is selected then a new macro is created and the item is placed within it With a visualization selected the Add button adds a Visualization operation to the macro This item will make a running macro present the Insert Visualization dialog to let you
184. e object selected or deselected is concatenated to the name of that item e g Selection Change Axes In both cases this additional information in the audit trail can show which properties were changed or which objects were selected or deselected iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 158 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Note The object name is specified on history items but not on macro items because when you run the macro it might be operating on different objects based on the current selection For more information see Selection Changes on page 168 Items from Closed Tools When a tool is closed the name and identifier of the history folder changes to indicate that the tool has been closed The string Closed N is appended to the name of the history folder where N is an integer starting at 1 and is incremented each time the tool with the same identifier is closed After a tool is closed and the History folder renamed creation of another tool of the same type causes the creation of a new tool with the name of the tool identifier Actions in this tool would be recorded in a history folder named by the simple tool identifier For example the following sequence creates the History folder items shown in Figure 8 12 1 Start ilmage open an image and apply the Smooth operation Close ilmage Start ilmage open an image and apply
185. e of a meteor surface IDL iImage Untitled BE File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osal elle e Hoe A N ale ele 4 Image R ls ae S J 2 i 2 Channel 0 z F Link All Contour 613 507 Figure 10 8 A Contoured Image in ilmage You can highlight and double click your contoured image data invoking the Visualization Browser which allows you to edit Contour Level properties and Contour Level color table data For more information on these edit options see Contour in Appendix D Visualization Properties Contouring an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 215 Surfacing an Image You can also insert a surface representation of your image data into your visualization by selecting Operations Surface This causes the display to become three dimensional The following figure shows a surface added to the image of the African political map Mas 18125 Chick amp drag use arrow keys to translate Figure 10 9 Image Data Shown as a Surface You can highlight and double click your new surface invoking the Visualization Browser which allows you to edit surface properties For more information on these edit options see Surface in Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Surfacing an Image 216 Chapter 10 Working with Images Manipulating the Image Display The ilmage tool allows you many options to manipulate
186. e of the valid range causes the number to snap to the nearest allowable value If a slider is displayed slide the marker to select a new value If a spinner control is displayed click or click and hold the up or down buttons to change the value String hen the string is too long for the cell lar activation button is displayed Enter a string in the text box If the string exceeds the length of the text box a browse button is provided to expand the text box Table B 12 Controls Used in Property Sheets iTool User s Guide Appendix B Property Controls 365 Control Type Function Color Select a color from the palette displayed in the color selector Or click Custom Color UNIX users right click the color bar at the bottom of the window to specify RGB or HSL values Windows users enter Hue Sat Lum or Red Green Blue values and click OK to apply the new values Hue f13 Red 200 M Satf144 Green 100 Click Add to ColotSolid Lum 118 Blue 50 Add to Custom Colors Custom Colors to save your Windows Color Picker values x UNIX users EE OA drag the Red kg Green Blue or as Hue Lightness EE a Green Saturation 170 sliders to change Blue values and click OK to apply the x new values UNIX Color Picker Table B 12 Controls Used in Property Sheets Continued iTool User s Guide 366 Appendix B Property Controls
187. e plot object If multiple items of the same class are within a container e g the axes container the first one within the container will be used when creating the style iTool User s Guide Creating Styles 180 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Creating a Style From Selected Items The following example shows how to create a new style from selected items within an iTool view Creating Styles 1 10 From your existing iPlot window select the text annotation tool the letter A on the top of the window on the annotation toolbar Click anywhere in the window you wish to add a title for your plot Type in My Plot Double click on your new text annotation and the Visualization Browser appears Here you can edit the properties of your annotation Change the text font size and color Next ensuring that your text annotation My Plot is selected a box appears around the title when selected select Edit Style Create Style from Selection Enter a name for your new style in the Create Style from Selection dialog shown in the following figure 8l Create Style from Selection xi Enter new style name NewTextStylel Create using selected items C Create using all items in view Help Cancel Figure 9 3 Create Style from Selection Dialog Name your new style NewTextStylel Now you can select between creating the new style using the selected items or using all items in the view In th
188. e same properties a new style can be created customized and applied in a current session or in later sessions Styles provide a shortcut mechanism that allows you to quickly apply groups of properties to your visualization and to automatically alter the properties of newly created visualizations Styles are available across all iTools For example a style created in the iPlot tool will also appear as a Style selection when working in the image tool However only relevant style properties are applied to a selected visualization Property settings for absent visualization items in the style are ignored Nearly all properties can be stored in styles The only exception to this are user defined properties such as the color look up table associated with an image Individual property styles are never global that is the color property associated with a plot object applies only to a plot and does not affect the color property of a surface Nevertheless a style can easily be created to set the color property for these individual visualization types When applied styles are not permanently linked to a visualization In other words the visualization is exactly the same as it would be if individual properties had been set instead of the style being applied Changes to the style are not automatically updated in the visualization unless the style is re applied to the visualization All of these characteristics ensure that when an iTool is saved and then
189. e terrre tate teer et He a eene enne 242 POETS To0l DDOESDIONS ice ire edet rete a regn eic e eee pibe ead 244 ha c ura a Historiam uo M 244 bic url PM nied 244 Chapter 12 Working with CONntOUTS ee 245 EEE NAT o o E E E E E A 246 Displaying COBIOUES 2 noc n iren mede etre Petron decr egi reir rhe eo 247 Displaying Regular grid Data nice tiii ted tec reet edes euer 247 Displaying Iresular grid Dati dert tet tct tende a aene tne 248 Contour Properties crier rea aE iba vele ave re e ER e Ro rt reca etii edet 254 Dae aie CONES E 256 Changing the Contour Colors Lee eerte emet toe te eer eaa e ER SER HER da 258 Pilling Comto MEC Em 259 isa beilo pc MEE 261 Addio 8 EIGN ccs es ces data Sas lbs eh ca siden ten GER teo a e etii rele ciiin eren 262 iTool User s Guide Contents Londres o o c 263 Feine q Contollt Ls cnet De hc eee ien oed cess 264 Contour SmootuHg 21 1 cbe rie Ebr oktober t eie ple HIER ei TER aiia 264 Contour Convo uice ce cte Ier pte tete ise ie Po re e PE EO a rte ida 265 Mempulating the Contout Display etr rre etta erbe bebes 267 MASS T HR 267 bi scc MT E 267 Flipping een T E aioe 267 cr Pd i M Em 267 Scaling s Contour Display atenta deor edt dd tus asad ean 268 Adding Annotations e eoe ean breite tbt loeo iene 268 Bus ME TES cu 270 MPU d FDSIORPUIL n e reete re
190. e the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space Scale Data Scale the selected object by a specified scale factor See Transformations on page 122 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details Additional transformations vary depending on the iTool selected Table A 4 The Operations Menu Continued Operations Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 353 meny Function Selection Morph Choose from the following options e Dilate is commonly known as fil expand or grow It can be used to fill holes of a size equal to or smaller than the structuring element Erode does to the background what dilation does to the foreground Given an image and a structuring element erode can be used to remove islands smaller than the structuring element e Morph open is simply an erosion operation followed by a dilation operation Applying morph open more than once produces no further effect e Morph close is simply a dilation operation followed by an erosion operation Applying morph close more than once produces no further effect e Morph gradient is the subtraction of an eroded version of the original image from a dilated version of the original image e Morph tophat is implemented by first applying the opening operator to the original image then subtracting the result from the original image App
191. e the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the rectangle so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling e To display and modify rectangle annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Oval Annotations To add an oval annotation l 2 iTool User s Guide Click the Oval Annotation button 9 on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a circular annotation of the desired size e To constrain the oval to a circle hold down the Shift key while drawing e To draw the oval from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the oval annotation Annotations 84 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations To position the oval annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected oval so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the oval annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the oval so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the oval annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the oval so that it
192. e with a preceding gt or lt character to indicate a positive gt or negative lt byte offset Expressions can include the names of fields that will be read before the current field that is the field number of the referenced field must be lower than the field number of the field being defined The Verify field can contain an integer field name or any valid IDL expression Only scalar fields can be verified The Number of Dimensions of a field can be set via a droplist of values 0 scalar to 8 which is the maximum number of dimensions that an IDL variable can have The size of each dimension can be an integer field name or any valid IDL expression Any of the first three dimensions of array data can also be specified to be reversed in order Click OK to create the new field definition and repeat to define all necessary fields Noip c c c If the iTool is running in the IDL Virtual Machine the Offsets Verify and Size fields can contain integers or field names but not an IDL expression For additional information on the binary template see BINARY TEMPLATE in the DL Reference Guide manual In this example name the field dampsn The type is Byte data The number of dimensions is 1 and the dimension size is 512 Click OK and then OK again to close the Binary Template dialog The data is not imported into the Data Manager and in this case the plot appears
193. ePolylines exist in a Rivers visualization container A IDL iMap Untitled Gf x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help name e z e Pe ol 8 foo AlN lolol elo 4 Map Location Dat E Raf Se mu e a UE R LE opt Oe e X d Edit Projection Continents 1 428 233 Figure 15 11 The Rivers Shapefile Continents Added for Context Inserting the Lakes The Insert Map Lakes operation loads the Lakes shp file and displays the lakes as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 12 in the current dataspace using the Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 339 current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Lakes visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help ouaaa ol lee Wolo a fos AlN ololele Edit Projection Data Space 309 276 Figure 15 12 The Lakes Shapefile Continents Added for Context Inserting the United States The Insert Map United States operation loads the states shp file and displays the states as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 13 in the current dataspace iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 340 Chapter 15 Working with Maps using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a United States visua
194. efore it is important that the objects that are positioned behind the translucent object be rendered before the translucent object If the ordering is not correct then you will not be able to see the objects behind the translucent object For most cases in iTools ordering is not a problem If you encounter it as a problem the Bring to Front and related operation can help you improve the appearance of your translucent objects In some cases however the ordering is not easily accomplished For example a complex isosurface rendered as a translucent object does not always appear correct from all angles An isosurface is composed of a large number of triangles stored in an IDLgrPolygon object The triangles are always drawn in the same order the order in which they are stored in the object Thus as the viewing angle changes the apparent back to front ordering of the triangles also changes In some cases the triangles closest to the viewer draw first and end up blocking the view of other triangles drawn later and behind them that should be visible through the translucent triangles drawn first For all these reasons transparency should be used with care in dealing with objects like a complex isosurface The rendering of these objects ultimately may not appear correct Note For more detailed information on alpha channel support in IDL Object Graphics see Alpha Channel and Objects in Chapter 23 in the Using IDL manual iTool User s G
195. el on the surface at which you would like the contour to appear Contour lines are displayed on the surface at that level To adjust the properties of the contour object double click the contour object in the iTool window or in the Visualization Browser to display the Contour property sheet For information on the contour properties see Contour in Appendix D Visualization Properties Contouring a Surface 236 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Resampling a Surface Once surface data has been imported into the iSurface window that data can be re imported using different import parameters by resampling the data See Resample on page 122 in Chapter 4 Common Operations for details To resample a surface 1 Select a surface in the iSurface window For example select the isurfdemo dat surfaced data 2 Select Operations gt Transform Resample S IDL iSurface Untitled __ oO x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help De aS x B e w Ol of pe a for alNlolole e Translate 81 587 Figure 11 6 Resampled Surface in iSurface Resampling a Surface iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 237 Filtering a Surface Three types of filters are available in the iSurface tool smooth filtering and convolution filtering Convolving a Surface To convolve a surface 1 Select the surface to be convolved 2 Select Operations Filter Convolution For details
196. elect display style for axes Choose from these values None Do not display axes At Dataspace Minimum Display 2 axes for 2 D visualization 3 axes for 3 D visualization Box Axes Display 4 axes for 2 D visualization 12 axes for 3 D visualization Crosshairs Display crosshair style axes Default At Dataspace Minimum Color Color Color to be used for the axis lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the axis tick lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the axis tick lines Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Major ticks Number Set number of major tick marks Enter value Default 0 Minor ticks Number Set number of minor tick marks Enter value Default 0 Major Tick Number Normalized length of major tick marks for all axes Length from 0 no ticks to 1 major tick marks span the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 Table D 48 Axes Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 449 Property Control Type Values Minor tick length Number Relative length of minor tick marks for all axes from minor tick marks extend the length of major tick marks
197. elected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePoint fill from 046 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 55 Property Settings for ShapePoint Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 469 2D Annotation Layer Properties A IDL iPlot Visualization Browser WB window Annotation Layer 3 0 view 1 Annotation Layer H E Visualization Layer E E View Layer Annotation Layer 1 True A Tent Background color_ _ 255 255 255 i Transparent True View Layer Figure D 39 Visualization Browser with Annotation Properties Displayed The following types of annotations can be added to iTool visualizations Text Line Line Profile Rectangle Oval Polygon and Freehand annotations The following table contains properties that control the Annotation layer Subsequent tables describe the properties specific to each type of annotation Property Control Type Values Background color Color Color to be used for the Annotation Layer background For background to display Transparent property must be set to False Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparent Boolean Make the annotation layer transparent Choose True or False Default True Table D 56 Annotation L
198. emark and ION ION Script ION Java are trademarks of Research Systems Inc registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office for the computer program described herein Numerical Recipes is a trademark of Numerical Recipes Software Numerical Recipes routines are used by permission GRG2 is a trademark of Windward Technologies Inc The GRG2 software for nonlinear optimization is used by permission NCSA Hierarchical Data Format HDF Software Library and Utilities Copyright 1988 2001 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All rights reserved NCSA HDEFS Hierarchical Data Format 5 Software Library and Utilities Copyright 1998 2002 by the Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All rights reserved CDF Library Copyright 2002 National Space Science Data Center NASA Goddard Space Flight Center NetCDF Library Copyright 1993 1999 University Corporation for Atmospheric Research Unidata HDF EOS Library Copyright 1996 Hughes and Applied Research Corporation This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group Portions of this software are copyrighted by DataDirect Technologies 1991 2003 Portions of this software were developed using Unisearch s Kakadu software for which Kodak has a commercial license Kakadu Software Copyright 2001 The University of New South Wales UNSW Sydney NSW 2052 Australia and Unisearch Ltd Australia Portions of this computer pr
199. endix describes the following visualization properties of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface found in the Visualization Browser of each iTool IntroductIoll ood sis ee aaron 396 The Visualization Browser 397 Window Properties 0 398 View Properties 2 0 0 eee 400 Visualization Layer Properties 401 Tool User s Guide Data Space Properties cocer cae 403 Visualization Type Properties 406 2D Annotation Layer Properties 469 Legend Properties soccer tas 480 395 396 Appendix D Visualization Properties Introduction Introduction The IDL iTools comprise six distinct tools iImage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume and iMap Each tool has a specific set of functions related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all five tools have a number of functions in common This appendix describes those functions that all iTools have in common for information about the functions unique to the individual iTools refer to Chapter 10 Working with Images Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Chapter 12 Working with Contours Chapter 13 Working with Plots Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Chapter 15 Working with Maps This appendix is an overview of the menu items and toolbar buttons that are common to all iTools iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 397 The Visualization Browser
200. enu to select a value iTool User s Guide Zooming 76 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display View Panning The view pan button appears on the iTool s toolbar as a hand shown depressed below and allows panning within an iTool view by clicking and dragging the mouse woje t Figure 4 7 Notice that panning will only be possible if the iTool view is not completely within the window or the iTool view is larger than viewable area of the window View Panning iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools Introd ton l i ee Ra woe 78 Annotations oes chr metes 81 L gende ose c is beset bod cee dad Dee bas 79 Additional Axes 2 000 86 iTool User s Guide 77 78 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Introduction Introduction The six Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution iImage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume and iMap each posses common annotation capabilities This chapter describes this common annotation functionality and how it can be used Noe This chapter describes Annotation functionality for only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the RSI iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different
201. er 2 Importing and Exporting Data Exporting Visualizations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools Introduction oue eee eRe as 64 Selection of Objects 005 65 Undo Redo jo sce eben see es 66 Adding a Data Space 67 iTool User s Guide E EE e er RU 68 vri cos Ada sd a Vid 69 ZOOMING oo coi ie cake dda eee ees 74 View Panning occu duhec beached 76 63 64 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Introduction Introduction The Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution comprise six distinct tools iImage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume and iMap Each tool performs a specific set of tasks related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all six tools have a number of manipulation tasks in common This chapter describes only these common display manipulation tasks for information about specific tasks performed by the individual iTools refer to the chapters describing those tools Noe This chapter describes manipulation tasks related only to the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the RSI iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be d
202. er 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 2 Select the name of the general setting file reader or file writer in the list A list of properties and the current property settings appears in the right hand pane of the Preferences Browser window 3 Locate the property you want to change in the list and click in the settings column e fa drop down button appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to change the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control e If the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets 4 Click the Close button x to close the Preferences Browser Mil L LLL ee Changes to preferences are saved between iTool sessions When the OK button is clicked preferences are saved in their current state General Settings The first option on the Preferences Browser is the General Settings option Settings listed here will be applied to all iTools if altered The properties listed here are Property Control Type Values Unlimited Buffer Boolean Set to determine buffer size as limited or unlimited True False Default True Zoom on Window Boolean Set to determine if iTool data resizes upon
203. er s Guide Filter Properties 374 Appendix C Operations Properties For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options WIDTH Number Width of the smooth window Enter a whole number between 1 no smoothing and the width of the data Default 3 Table C 16 Smooth Filter Properties Roberts Filter Properties Roberts filter appears on the Operations Browser for the ilmage tool only Roberts filter has no configurable properties other than Name and Description For more information on the Roberts filter see ROBERTS in the IDL Reference Guide manual Sobel Filter Properties Sobel filter appears on the Operations Browser for the iImage tool only Sobel filter has no configurable properties other than Name and Description For more information on the Sobel filter see SOBEL in the IDL Reference Guide manual Unsharp Mask Properties An unsharp mask filter can be applied to any two dimensional array or a TrueColor image The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image and is widely used for astronomical images and for digital photographs For Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 375 more information on curve fitting a plot see Unsharp Mask Filter in Chapter 7 Common Operations
204. erties Table C 14 Convolution Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 373 Property Control Type Options One dimensional Boolean Select True or False Default False Table C 14 Convolution Filter Properties Continued Median Properties Median smoothing replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width See Median Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details on applying the median filter For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options WIDTH Number Width of the smooth window Enter a whole number between 1 no smoothing and the width of the data Default 3 Even Average Boolean If set to true and the Width property is set to an even number the operation will return the average of the two middle numbers Table C 15 Median Filter Properties Smooth Properties The Smooth filter reduces noise within an image by applying low pass filters Smooth filter properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Smooth Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details on applying the smooth filter iTool Us
205. erties and add them to a macro e g while editing a recorded macro you could add a SetProperty item that changes the isovalue of an isosurface Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 161 Annotation Items The Annotations folder shown in Figure 8 14 contains the operations that create text line including geometric shapes and legend annotations in a tool History Visualizations 3 A Text N Line L3 Rectangle Oval lt Polygon amp FreeHand e Legend A Line Profile C5 Polygonal ROI Macro Tools uni Um Tool Menus F Figure 8 14 The Macro Editor s Annotations folder Annotations require data for their creation and so default items from those folders cannot be copied directly to a macro You can select annotations in the source tree to select their properties and add them to a macro e g a SetProperty item that changes the caption of a text annotation but you cannot move these items directly up into macros because they require initialization with data If you want to add an annotation directly you can only add an Insert Annotation operation from the History folder because that annotation already contains data iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 162 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Macro Tools Items The Macro Tools folder shown in Figure 8 16 contains operation
206. ethods used to place data into the Data Manager are described in this chapter The IDL iTools support several data types Data import and export capabilities within each iTool allow you to access these various types of data File readers allow you to import data stored in binary formats ASCII files and several image file types Note You can also create file readers for other data types besides those provided in IDL For more information on creating file readers and creating your own iTools see Chapter 9 Creating a File Reader in the iTool Developer s Guide manual About the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 23 Data Manager Interface The Data Manager s graphical user interface consists of these elements Data Manager Browser Lx Sy Data Manager ER d afrpolitsm png Channel 0 Channel 0 Ei Image Planes 918 Channel 0 False IH Palette IDL amp RRAY2D BYTE Data type Number of dimensions Dimensions 800 600 Data used by Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss iTool User s Guide Figure 2 1 The iTools Data Manager Data Tree View This window on the left side of the dialog shows all of the data items available within the Data Manager Depending on how data items were added to the Data Manager they may be collected into groups of rel
207. ew Choose True or False Default True iTool User s Guide Table D 32 Name and Description Properties Window Properties 400 Appendix D Visualization Properties View Properties Each iTool window contains at least one view If multiple views have been created from the Window Layout dialog each view will be listed separately IDL iPlot Visualization Browser E inl x Gl window View 1 EO View 1 p View 1 Visualization Layer i ipti View Annotation Layer il epanuey n 2D xmargin 015 12 y margin 0 15 j Backaround color 255 255 255 Figure D 17 Visualization Browser with View Properties Displayed These properties control the display of the view or views contained in the iTool window For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Zoom Factor Number Increase or decrease magnification of the view by this factor Edit the number to change the value Default 1 Layout Position Displays the currently selected layout view X margin Number Set horizontal margin size Valid range 0 0 to 0 49 Y margin Number Set vertical margin size Valid range 0 0 to 0 49 Background color Color Sets the background color of the contained Visualization Layer Default 255 255 255
208. ewtheory plot by clicking once on the line Adding Legends iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 281 2 Select Insert New Legend A new legend appears on top of the previous legend this new legend can be selected and repositioned gJ IDL iPlot Pals Tx File Edit Insert Operations Window Help MEFE So ali PEO ie aJ poz Al Dlol ela Theory New Theory Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 13 7 Plot and Overplot in iPlot with Legend Added for Each You can double click on the legend to bring up a property sheet to alter its settings Through the property sheet you can also access the Visualization Browser which can be used to navigate through other legends and objects within the visualization In the previous example the names of the legends have been altered to reflect the data names For more information on editing settings in the Visualization Browsers see The Visualization Browser in Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Adding Legends 282 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Adding a Colorbar If you have added vertex coloring to your plot visualization you can add a colorbar which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar 1 Click on the plot data 2 From the iPlot window select Insert gt Colorbar 3 Acolorbar will be placed in the visualiza
209. fault 0 0 0 black iTool User s Guide Table D 64 Legend Properties Legend Properties 482 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 10 Color Linestyle Color Color to use for the legend border Legend object must be deselected for border attributes to be visible Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line Style Style of the legend border Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the legend border in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill legend background Choose True or False Default True Legend Properties Table D 64 Legend Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 483 Property Control Type Values Fill color Color Color to be used for the background Fo
210. ference ellipsoid Center longitude degrees Center latitude degrees Longitude in degrees of the projection s center Latitude in degrees of the projection s center Longitude minimum deg Minimum longitude to include in the projection in degrees Longitude maximum deg Latitude minimum deg Maximum longitude to include in the projection in degrees Minimum latitude to include in the projection in degrees Latitude maximum deg Maximum latitude to include in the projection in degrees False easting meters False northing meters False easting to be added to each x coordinate in meters False northing to be added to each y coordinate in meters Table 1 Common Map Projection Properties Continued In addition to these properties the following properties Table 2 become available depending on the selected projection Name Description Height meters Height above surface in meters for satellite projections Hemisphere Hemisphere for UTM and Polar projections HOM azimuth angle deg Hotine Oblique Mercator azimuth angle degrees east HOM latitude 1 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator latitude in degrees of the first point Table 2 Properties for Selected Map Projections iTool User s Guide Applying a Map Projection 320 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Name Description HOM latitude 2 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator la
211. for details on morphing data For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Structure Shape String List The shape of the structuring element used in the morph operation Choose from these values Square Circle Default Square Structure Width Number The width of the structuring element Default 3 Table C 24 Morphological Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Morphing Properties 384 Crop Properties Appendix C Operations Properties Cropping is available for the ilmage tool The ilmage cropping operation allows you to crop one or more selected images at a specified location and specified dimensions See ilmage Tool Operations in Chapter 10 for details on cropping For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options X Number The X cropping value Default 0 Y Number The Y cropping value Default 0 Width Number The crop operation width setting Default 2 width of selected image Height Number The crop operation height setting Default height of selected image Units String List Data Pixel Default Data
212. g Edit Properties from the iPlot tool you may modify your plot properties You may modify your plot s name description fill type and fill color opacity as well as the show hide properties and the line color style and thickness For more information on editing properties in the i Tools see Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Plot Properties 280 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Adding Legends A legend is text that describes aspects of a visualization For example a legend might show the plot line or plot points If multiple plots are present the legend may show which colors and linestyles represent which plots An inserted legend will include items selected at the time of insertion If no specific dataset is selected the legend will include all datasets in the plot To add a legend to your plot select Insert New Legend E IDL iPlot Mi x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help olele l l slee w Ole aj oz Al lolole o Plot 0 0 LLY 0 50 100 150 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 182 532 Figure 13 6 A Simple Sine Plot with Default Legend Added You can add new information to your existing legend or you can also use the Insert Legend option can be used over again to add more legends For example in the theory plot with newtheory overplot displayed in the previous section you can add a legend for each plot 1 Select the n
213. g of file 2nd Size I Reverse From initial position in file Jd Size pe EPEE Offset can be an integer or an expression Ac involving fields defined earlier in the template ath pee 5 Size When a file is read this field should be 25 EE v Retumed in the result Bth Size 7th Size Verified as being equal to E z 8h Size The Verify field can contain a number or an expression Each dimension can be an integer or an expression involving fields defined earlier in the template involving fields defined earlier in the template x Cancel Figure 2 9 Defining a New Field in the Binary Template The Field Name can be any string The Type of each Template specified field is selected from a droplist that offers the following IDL types byte integer long float double complex Importing Data From a File 38 Note Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data dcomplex uint ulong long64 and ulong64 Strings are read as an array of bytes for later conversion to type STRING Offsets can be specified using integer values field names or any valid IDL expression An absolute integer offset specifies a fixed location in bytes from the beginning of the file or the initial file position for an externally opened file A relative integer offset specifies a position relative to the current file position pointer after the previous field if any is read Relative offsets are shown in the binary template user interfac
214. ge and if desired with the dataspace as well Once you have set these registering properties and map projection if applicable IDL registers the image data and the iMap tool displays the image and the Image panel along with the Map panel The rest of this section describes the two registration pathways with meters or with degrees in more detail Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 327 Registering an Image in Meters If you select Meters as the coordinate units in Step 1 and click on Next you see the wizard s Step 2 dialog for meters shown in Figure 15 4 IDL Map Register Image x IDL Map Register Image Step 2 of 3 Please choose the grid start and spacing for your image Map Register Image Coordinate units X or U minimum meters or LJ maximum meters X or U pixel size meters 1 Y or V minimum meters 0 Y or V maximum meters 100 Y or V pixel size meters 1 Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 15 4 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 2 Meters Table 4 shows the properties associated with meter coordinates Name Description X or U minimum meters Minimum position in the x or u direction in meters of the image data X or U maximum meters Maximum position in the x or u direction in meters of the image data Table 4 Meter Coordinate Properties iTool User s Guide Re
215. gistering an Image 328 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Name Description X or U pixel size meters Pixel size in meters in the x or u direction Y or V minimum meters Minimum position in the y or v direction in meters of the image data Y or V maximum meters Maximum position in the y or v direction in meters of the image data Y or V pixel size meters Pixel size in meters in the y or v direction Table 4 Meter Coordinate Properties Continued Note The u v coordinates refer to the UV plane of a cylindrical projection Entering the minimum value and the pixel size automatically updates the maximum value Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 329 Figure 15 5 shows the final step in the Map Register Image wizard for the Meters option S IDL Map Register Image Figure 15 5 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 3 Meters In this step you can select a map projection to associate with the image You also have the option of updating the dataspace map projection to use this projection iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 330 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Registering an Image in Degrees If you select Degrees as the coordinate units in Step 1 and click on Next you see the wizard s Step 2 dialog for degrees shown in Figure 15 6 IDL Map Register Image Step 2 of 2 Please choose t
216. h Macros operation properties will be obtained from the saved macro item and used during playback You can alter the value of this property to allow customization of operation properties during playback If the Show Dialog property of the macro item is set to True then during macro playback the operation s dialog will be displayed letting you alter any operation properties Once the dialog is closed the execution of the macro will continue SetProperty Settings SetProperty settings contain only the properties being modified which will apply to the currently active object during macro playback They do not contain the NAME and DESCRIPTION properties typically displayed for an object because the property can apply to whatever object is selected that is these fields are no longer tied to a certain type However if the name and description properties are selected in the editor or modified in a recording the SetProperty item will display these properties as expected You can modify properties in the Macro Editor to customize your macros Source Items This group consists of history items and four folders of operation items that you can use in macro creation Visualizations Annotations Macro Tools and Tool Menus The items in all five groups are also available as a source for property settings to be added to a SetProperty macro item Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 157 Hist
217. hange is part of such an operation Adding a Tool Change Operation You can add a Tool Change operation either when you record a macro or by adding the operation from the Macro Editor s source tree in the Macro Tools folder If the operation is added during recording the Change Type property is set to By Identifier and the identifier and position values are set If it is added through the Macro Editor only the Change Type and Position in Container properties are set to By Identifier and 0 respectively As with other operations you can modify and delete the Tool Change operation by using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 172 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Tool Change Operation Properties Figure 8 18 shows a Tool Change operation s property sheet Tool Change Description Change type Tool identifier Position in container Figure 8 18 The Tool Change Operation s Property Sheet The Description property is set by default to Tool Change The Change Type property indicates the kind of tool change that the macro will perform when you run it This property can have the following values Table 8 11 Property Value Description By Identifier Change selection to the tool indicated by the Tool Identifier property Position in Change selection to the tool indicated by the Position in Container Container property Next in Container Change selection to
218. hannels Render This button will render the volume data Auto Render Select this checkbox to enable auto rendering Quality Pull down menu to select desired volume rendering quality Select Low textures or High volume Using the Volume Panel 302 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Boundary Pull down menu to select desired volume data space boundaries Select none wire frame or solid walls e Render Step Enter desired order for rendering here if any Using the Volume Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 303 Volume Properties The iVolume window is a self contained volume display and manipulation device You can import and export volume data and modify and manipulate volume data For more information on the basic iVolume interface and its layout see Appendix A i Tools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties from the iVolume tool you can modify your volume properties You may modify your volume s name description as well as the show hide properties and the line color style and thickness For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Volume Properties 304 Adding a Colorbar Chapter 14 Working with Volumes You can add a colorbar to your visualized volume which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a col
219. he current crop box The arrow keys can also be used to translate the crop box when the mouse location is anywhere within the crop box or along its edges When your crop box is correctly sized and positioned you can crop the image by e Double clicking anywhere within the defined crop box e Right clicking to invoke the context menu and then selecting Crop e Selecting Operations Crop from the ilmage tool Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 221 ilmage Tool Operations The ilmage tool provides the following operations Viewing a Histogram A histogram is a density plot showing a distribution of data values To view a histogram of image data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations gt Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram in Chapter 7 Common Operations Viewing Image Statistics To view statistics for image data or for ROIs use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations gt Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics in Chapter 7 Common Operations Cropping Images The ilmage cropping operation allows you to crop one or more selected images at a specified location and specified dimensions To activate the cropping operation select Operations gt Crop The Crop manipulator is automatically activated Crop BEES Crop Description Crop t S
220. he following items Choose gridding method Choose from pull down list of methods e Preview Click to preview selected method and data Auto preview Checkbox to turn auto preview on default off Statistics tab Shows data statistics Options tab Set options for missing values smoothing weighting andanistropy between axes e Search tab Set options for using search ellipse Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox Select to show all points default checked e Help Obtain help on this dialog e Back Return to previous step Finish Dismiss the Gridding Wizard with data gridded Displaying Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 253 e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard 8 At Step 3 select Inverse Distance as the gridding method and click Finish to display the surface 9 The resulting contours are displayed in the iContour tool File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dame sale w ollie a o2 Al lolole e QO S La 8 hes 68 Q 1000 2000 3000 4000 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 751 94 Figure 12 6 Irregular grid Elevation Contours in the iContour Tool iTool User s Guide Displaying Contours 254 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Contour Properties The iContour window is a self contained contour display and manipulation device You can
221. he grid start and spacing for your image Map Register Image Coordinate units Longitude minimum deg Longitude maximum deg Longitude pixel size deg Latitude minimum deg 30 Latitude maximum deg 90 Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 15 6 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 2 Degrees Table 5 shows the properties associated with degree coordinates Name Description Longitude minimum deg Minimum longitude position in degrees of the image data Longitude maximum deg Maximum longitude position in degrees of the image data Table 5 Degree Coordinate Properties Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 331 Name Description Longitude pixel size deg Pixel size in degrees in the longitude direction Latitude minimum deg Minimum latitude position in degrees of the image data Latitude maximum deg Maximum latitude position in degrees of the image data Latitude pixel size deg Pixel size in degrees in the latitude direction Table 5 Degree Coordinate Properties Continued Entering the minimum value and the pixel size automatically updates the maximum value iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 332 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Displaying a Contour You can visualize contour data in the iMap tool as you would in the iContour tool To learn mor
222. heets and Browsers 93 3 To display the property sheet for the object click the expansion button to the right of the list or double click the property Si IDL iSurface Visualization Browser B window O view 1 Visualization Layer GP Data Space V Surface E Axes E Anis 0 E Axis 1 Axis 0 Axis True False 0 wooo E Anis 2 Lights Annotation Layer 0 05 0 5 0 Axis plus labels Right Above False True Below left None wooo Helvetica Normal 12 Figure 6 3 Visualization Browser with Property Sheet Displayed 4 To change a property setting click in the settings column If a drop down button appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to change the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control If the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets 5 Click the Close button x to close the Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide The Visualization Browser 94 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Note Properties of standard graphical objects are described in detail in Appendix D Visualizati
223. hoose True or False Default False Fill level Number Level at which to begin the plot fill Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Fill color Color Color for the plot fill Fill transparency must be less than 100 Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 128 128 128 Fill transparency Number Transparency of the plot fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 iTool User s Guide Table D 37 Plot Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties 412 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average listed previously Edit to change
224. how dialog True x D Y jo Width jo Heit 0 Unit 0 ES Figure 10 11 The Crop Operation Dialog Note The appearance of this dialog can be disabled for future uses of the crop operation by setting the Show dialog property to False iTool User s Guide ilmage Tool Operations 222 Chapter 10 Working with Images The X Y and Width Height properties in the dialog represent the location and dimensions of the crop box to be applied If these values have never been set they are by default initialized to match the full extent of your first selected image If these values have previously been set they are constrained to fit within the first selected image You can enter new values manually or the mouse can be used to define resize and or translate the crop box The Units property can be set to indicate the units of measure to be used for reporting crop box coordinates The default is data units This property will automatically reset to data units and become de sensitized if multiple images are selected and their pixel origins or pixel sizes differ Once your crop dialog is present on your image you can crop by doing the following e Double clicking anywhere within your defined crop box in the primary visualization window Pressing the Crop button within the crop operation dialog Once your image is cropped the original image is replaced by the new cropped image data You can only retrieve your original data by
225. hree dimensional visualizations Z For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the axis line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the axis tick lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the axis tick lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Major ticks Number Number of major ticks marks to display along the axis Edit the number to change the value Default 5 Minor ticks Number Number of minor ticks to display between major ticks Edit the number to change the value Default 3 iTool User s Guide Table D 49 Property Settings for Individual Axes Visualization Type Properties 452 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Major tick length Number Normalized length of major tick marks for this axis from 0 no ticks to 1 major tick marks span the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 Minor tick length Number Relative length of minor tick marks for this axis from minor tick marks extend the length of major ti
226. i Tool User s Guide IDL Version 6 1 July 2004 Edition Copyright Research Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Research Systems Inc 0704IDL61ITU Restricted Rights Notice The IDL ION Script and ION Java software programs and the accompanying procedures functions and documentation described herein are sold under license agreement Their use duplication and disclosure are subject to the restrictions stated in the license agreement Research Systems Inc reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time and without notice Limitation of Warranty Research Systems Inc makes no warranties either express or implied as to any matter not expressly set forth in the license agreement including without limitation the condition of the software merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose Research Systems Inc shall not be liable for any direct consequential or other damages suffered by the Lic ensee or any others resulting from use of the IDL or ION software packages or their documentation Permission to Reproduce this Manual If you are a licensed user of this product Research Systems Inc grants you a limited nontransferable license to reproduce this particular document provided such copies are for your use only and are not sold or distrib uted to third parties All such copies must contain the title page and this notice page in their entirety Acknowledgments IDL isa registered trad
227. iContour iVolume and iMap each share several common property sheets and browsers This chapter discusses those property sheets and browsers and their uses Noe This chapter describes only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the RSI iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the RSI iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 89 Property Sheets Most iTool visualizations and operations have attributes or properties that can be modified to change their characteristics These properties are organized into property sheets for each operation and visualization type For example the skin of a surface visualization has a gold color by default To change this color modify the surface color property in the surface visualization property sheet A property sheet consists of rows and columns The left most column identifies the properties and the other column or columns identify the property values of one or more objects A single property value can be selected at one time When a single property value is clicked on the associated property name appears indented In the Style Editor and Macro Editor multiple properties can be selected at a single time as shown in the
228. ickness from the list Default 1 Transparency Number Transparency of the grid lines from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Label Boolean Use labels on the grid lines Choose True or False Default True Label position Number Normalized label position Default 0 5 Use label color Boolean Use default color instead of Label color Choose True or False Default False Label color Color Color for the grid label Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Label fill background String List Choose the kind of fill background for the label Choose from these values None View color Fill color Label fill color Color Color for the label background s fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Text font String List Font used for label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Table D 52 Property Settings for Map Grid iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 464 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Text style String List Style used for label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size
229. icon H e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon To change the properties of an operation from the Operations Browser 1 Select Operations gt Operations Browser 2 Select the name of the operation in the list A list of properties and the property settings appears in the right hand pane of the Operations Browser window 3 Locate the property you want to change in the list and click in the settings column iTool User s Guide The Operations Browser 96 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers e Ifa drop down button 7 appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to change the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control e If the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets 4 Click the Close button xj to close the Operations Browser Noe Properties of standard iTool operations are described in Appendix C Operations Properties and in the IDL Commands chapter of the IDL Reference Guide The Operations Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 97 The Preferences Browser The Preferences Browser provides a means of setting preferences or default properties for the general setti
230. ides access to visualizations objects displayed in the iTool window and the properties of those visualizations When the Visualization Browser is displayed you can select graphical objects from a nested list and display the property sheets for those objects For example if a surface visualization is displayed and you would like to change the appearance of the X axis in that visualization you can select the axis in the Visualization Browser Figure 6 2 display the property sheet for that axis Figure 6 3 and modify the properties to change the appearance of the axis Element name selected Property Sheet Expansion Button Bl OLitVisSunace iSurface Yisualization frowser O View 1 B m Layer EZ Data Spate El Visualzations V itVisSurface EE Axes E Axis 0 E Axis 1 iE Axis 2 c Lights 4 Ambient Light Q Light 1 Q Light 2 B m Annotation L Data Space I Visualizations IDLitVisLegend CS IDLitVisPolygon Element highlighted in iTool window Figure 6 2 Visualization Browser with Axis 0 Selected To select an object with the visualization browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Select the name of the object in the list The element is highlighted in the iTool window e To expand a list item click the icon E e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon The Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property S
231. ifferent from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 65 Selection of Objects iTool elements such as axes and annotations have objects associated with them These objects have their own associated properties such as color line style size and so on There are two ways to select objects in IDL iTools e With the Select arrow e From the Visualization Browser To select an object or group of objects with the Select arrow 1 If necessary click the Select button on the toolbar to enter Select mode 2 Position the arrow mouse pointer over the object and click A selection box appears around the object 3 To select additional objects hold down the SHIFT key while clicking them To select an object or group of objects from the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Click the name of the object in the Visualization Browser list A selection box or selection highlight appears on that object in the iTool window 3 To select additional objects hold down the Shift key while selecting the names of additional objects in the Visualization Browser list Select All Select All selects all objects visualizations annotations legends etc displayed in the iTool window To select all objects 1 Select Edit Select All All displayed objects are selected 2 CTRL click to deselect any objects that you do not want to include iTo
232. ights 455 line annotation 472 line profile annotation 473 macros 369 map projection 381 map register image 382 modifying volume 303 morphing 383 operations browser 368 plot 409 plot legend 487 polygon annotation 478 polygonal ROIs 458 461 465 467 468 rectangle annotation 476 region grow 385 render volume 390 resample 377 Roberts filter 374 rotate 376 rotate data 378 scale data 379 sheets defined 89 operations 91 visualization 90 smooth filter 373 373 Sobel filter 374 Index properties continued statistics 370 surface legend 488 surfaces 416 transform 377 unsharp mask filter 374 view 400 visualization layer 401 visualization type 406 volume 426 window 398 R reading files 100 rectangle annotations 83 476 redo 66 region grow 385 region of interest operations and 136 registering images 325 in degrees 330 in meters 327 regular grid data displays 247 rendering translucent objects 135 rendering volumes 298 390 resampling data 122 images 209 properties 377 surfaces 236 volumes 306 resetting dataspace 134 Roberts filter 374 rotating data 118 123 image 216 left 120 properties 376 378 right 120 surfaces 239 volumes 312 iTool User s Guide rotating continued with a mouse 118 S scaling 3 D objects 69 constrained 69 data 124 images 216 objects 69 plots 293 properties 379 surfaces 240 unconstrained 71
233. ill be prompted to save the current state as an isv file so that you can return to the current state of the data later when you open the isv file Other IDL users running IDL 6 1 for Windows UNIX or Mac OS X can open isv files iTool User s Guide File Operations 116 Chapter 7 Common Operations Save File Save saves the state of the current iTool to a file If the file has already been saved it will be saved under the same filename it was previously saved under If the state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename The saved file can be opened by IDL on either the Windows or the UNIX platform Save As File Save As also saves the state of the current i Tool to a file but it prompts you to enter a filename even if the file has been saved previously Use Save As to save an existing iTools State file under a different name Exporting Variables and Files Data items created within the current i Tool can be exported as IDL Variables and the contents of the current iTool window can be exported as an image file Select File Export and follow the instructions in the IDL Data Export Wizard Export as a Variable Data from the currently selected object can be exported as a variable from the IDL Data Export Wizard to the main IDL program For more information see Exporting Data to the IDL Session on page 51 Export as a File The contents of the current window can be exported
234. import and export contour data and modify and manipulate contours For more information on the basic iContour interface and its layout see Appendix A i Tools Interface Reference With the contour selected the Edit Properties option allows access to the contour property sheet You can change many contour properties through this sheet S IDL iContour Visualization Browser Contour Contour Description Contour True Grid units Not applicable Contour level properties lick to edit Use palette color False Planar Z value Transparency Number of levels Projection Planar Fill contours False Shading lant Minimum value 3 59316849708557 Maximum value 55 4829978942871 Downhill ticks Hide Downhill tick interval D Downhill tick length 0 1 Figure 12 7 Contour Property Sheet The following examples show how to modify some contour properties These examples are performed on the contours imported by using the following steps 1 Atthe IDL Command Line enter ICONTOUR 2 Select File Open from the pulldown menus of the empty iContour tool The Open dialog will appear Contour Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 255 3 Use the Open dialog to find and select the convec dat file in the example data directory The Binary Template wizard will appear 4 Inthe Binary Template dialog click New Field and enter the following information in the New Field dialog e Field name dat
235. ing back to the arrows If it is translated or edited the profile plot will automatically update iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 244 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces iSurface Tool Operations The iSurface tool provides the following operations Viewing a Histogram Plot To display a histogram plot of your surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Histogram For more information see Plotting a Histogram in Chapter 7 Common Operations Viewing Statistics To display the Statistics dialog 1 Select an object or a group of objects in the iTools window 2 Select Operations Statistics The Statistics window displays the statistics for the selected object s For more information see Displaying Statistics in Chapter 7 Common Operations iSurface Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to work with contours in the iContour tool EntroUu CHOR seco er Rer 246 Displaying Contours 247 Contour Properties 00005 254 Labelling Contours 4 256 Changing the Contour Colors 258 Filling Contours oclo Re 259 iTool User s Guide Adding a Colotbar 2 cross 261 Adding a Legend 2 oe 262 Adding Axes 0000 e ee ann 263 Filtering a Contour 04 264 Manipulating the Contour Display 267 iContour Tool Operations 270 245 246 Chapter 12 Wo
236. is instance choose Create using selected items Select OK and the iTools Style Editor appears Since we have already set our text options as we want them to appear you can close the Style Editor Now open a new iPlot window and add a new title for example My New Plot using the text annotation tool Select Edit Style ApplyStyle and select to apply NewTextStyle1 This applies the personal text style to the new annotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 181 For details on applying a style to selected items or to all items within a view or when launching an iTool see Applying Styles on page 185 For information on modifying existing styles see Editing Styles on page 191 Noe If nothing is currently selected then the Visualization Layer within the current view will be used when creating the style Creating a Style from Multiple Selected Items Within an iTool view you can select one or more visualization objects or annotations or a combination of the two to be included in a new Personal Style To select one object or annotation simply click on the item To select multiple items select the first and then holding down the Ctrl key click on the other items Changes to the properties of the object or annotation can be made prior to creating a new style by double clicking on the item and altering the properties in the Visualization browser or after creating a new style w
237. ithin the iTools Style Editor Mul If multiply items of the same class are selected say two axes the first one selected will be used when creating the style Creating a New Style from the Style Editor The Style Editor can be used to manually create a new style and specify the values of individual properties Options are available in the Style Editor to duplicate existing styles or to copy items from one style to another The following example shows how to create a new style using the iTool s Style Editor 1 First open any iTool window and import some data 2 From the iTool window select Edit Style Style Editor The iTools Style Editor window appears 3 You will see My Styles System Styles and Current Style listed Select Current Style and right click and select Duplicate A Copy of Current Style appears under My Styles and is named Copy of Current Style Note From the iTool window you can also select File gt New Style iTool User s Guide Creating Styles 182 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 4 Select the Copy of Current Style and rename it to your desired name in the right hand side of the Editor Note To avoid confusion styles should be given unique names You may not name a style the same name as an IDL system style You are now able to make any changes within the new style by expanding the new style s object tree and making changes to the properties of individual visualization objects 6
238. ix B Property Controls Name Description Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePolyline from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Color Color Color for the ShapePolyline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the ShapePolyline Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the ShapePolyline Select a thickness from the list Default 1 iTool User s Guide Table D 54 Property Settings for ShapePolyline Visualization Type Properties 468 ShapePoint Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control ShapePoint visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Symbol Symbol Symbol to represent each ShapePoint Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 to 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default Q2 Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Symbol thickness from 1 to 9 9 for the s
239. ix D Visualization Properties 437 Property Control Type Values Orientation Set orientation Default X Color Color Color to be used for the image plane lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Bottom color Color Color to be used for the image plane bottom color in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Linestyle Line Style Style of lines used for constructing the surface Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of lines used for constructing the surface Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Style Style Style of lines used Choose from the following Points Lines Filled Default Filled Depth offset Number Set depth offset value Enter value Default 1 Remove hidden Boolean Remove hidden Choose True or False Default False Skip zero opacity Boolean Skip zero opacity Choose True or False Default True Table D 45 Image Plane Container Properties iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 438 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Polygon rejection String List Set polygon rejection color Choose from the following None Normals point away
240. izard Step 2 of 3 dialog contains the following items e X Coordinates modify dimension start or end e Y Coordinates modify dimension start or end e Coordinate diagram shows coordinates of grid data e Show points checkbox select to show all points default checked e Help obtain help on this dialog e Back return to previous step e Next proceed to Step 3 of 3 e Cancel dismiss the Gridding Wizard Working with Unknown Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 43 IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 Please choose a aridding method Inverse Distance v Preview Auto preview Statistics Options Search 1 0 oo oral eos 88 Missing value 0 0000 neca ttum To Smoothing 0 0000 A 0 84 70 Weighting 2 000 REA 2 Anisotropy between axes 0 6 4 ee ig 53 Ratio of X to Y 1 000 zar e ens a4 Angle deg 0 0000 0 4 MR pe 0 2 75 2 18 iod 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 I Show points Help Back Finish Cancel Figure 2 13 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog contains the following items Choose gridding method choose from pull down list See GRIDDATA in the DL Reference Guide manual for a discussion of the gridding methods e Preview click to preview selected method and data Auto preview checkbox to turn auto preview on default off e Statistics tab shows
241. k the left mouse button and drag until the ROI is the desired shape and location ROIs can be selected and moved or deleted after they are drawn The Palette Editor RGB images contain their own color information while color information for indexed images is separate from the image itself Color information can be modified for indexed and greyscale images The easiest way to modify color attributes for a selected indexed binary or greyscale image is to click on the Edit Palette button on the image panel to the right of your visualization The various components and functions of the Palette Editor are discussed in CW PALETTE EDITOR in the IDL Reference Guide manual Using the Image Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 205 Note You can also access the palette editor by selecting the image visualization clicking once on the visualization and then double clicking on it to bring up the Visualization Browser and selecting Image Palette Edit Color Table Edit Window Level Control The Window Level Control on the ilmage tool allows you to adjust and manipulate the image brightness and contrast for each channel of the currently selected image The Channel droplist allows you to select the channel to be adjusted The Link All checkbox may be selected to cause all channels to be adjusted simultaneously A small plot window shows the histogram for the currently selected channel For inde
242. k to enter text annotation mode The insert pointer is displayed and text can be entered from the keyboard NI Line Click to enter line annotation mode The crosshairs pointer is displayed Click at the starting point for the line and drag in the desired direction Release the mouse button to terminate the line ol Rectangle Click to enter rectangle annotation mode o Oval Click to enter oval annotation mode Polygon Click to create a polygon annotation Click to define vertices double click to complete polygon Freehand Click to enter freehand annotation mode The cross hairs pointer is displayed Click at a starting point and drag to create the desired shape Release the mouse button to complete the polygon le Table A 10 Annotation Toolbar Buttons iTool User s Guide Annotation Toolbar 360 Context Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Right clicking on the visualization window brings up a context menu at that location The context menu is common to all iTools and it contains the following menu items Menu Selection Description Cut Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard If the window layout is locked you will be asked if a copy of the view should be placed on the System clipboard Copy Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the Sys
243. l s primary goal is to visualize map data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iMap tool also allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display the map data Your options for calling the iMap tool are e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords Note gt gt gt Arguments and keywords are accepted at the IDL Command Line for the iMap tool for more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IMAP in the IDL Reference Guide manual Through the File New Visualization iMap menu option in the IDL Development Environment Through the File New iMap menu option in an iTool On Windows platforms from the Start menu Start Programs gt RSI IDL 6 1 iTools gt iMap You have two options for getting started with displaying a map You can e Apply a map projection and then visualize data within it e Visualize image or contour data and then apply a map projection to it To get started with one of these options see the following sections e Applying a Map Projection on page 318 e Displaying an Image on page 324 e Displaying a Contour on page 332 iTool User s Guide Displaying Maps 318 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Applying a Map Projection A map projection establishes the axis type and coordinate conversion mechanism for map
244. l User s Guide Data Import Methods 28 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 2 Select From a File and click Next Figure 2 3 The IDL Data Import Wizard Showing Step 2 of 3 3 Click the File Open button just to the right of the File Name field and select the endocell jpg file from the examples data directory of the IDL distribution Click Next fif IDL Data Import Wizard ge Ima Figure 2 4 The IDL Data Import Wizard Showing Step 3 of 3 Data Import Methods iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 29 4 Select Image as the desired visualization to create since we have a JPEG image 5 Click Finish The data is imported into the Data Manager and a new image visualization appears in the iTool window Note The process of creating visualizations is discussed in detail in Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Data Import Methods 30 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Using File Open Selecting a data file using File Open will open the file using the default iTool file reader for the type of file you select The data will be added to the Data Manager and the iTool will automatically create the default visualization for the data contained in the file If the data in the file you select is binary or ASCII you will be prompted to specify further information that will allow the binary or ASCII file readers to correctly import the data For an explanation of the han
245. l User s Guide Scaling 72 Scaling Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Unconstrained Scaling of 2 D Objects Unconstrained scaling of 2 D objects occurs when a corner of the data set bounding box is dragged The mouse pointer changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 and the object is scaled in the direction of the drag Unconstrained scaling pointer O 100200300400 Figure 4 5 Unconstrained Scaling of a 2 D Plot iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 73 Unconstrained Scaling of 3 D Objects Unconstrained scaling of 3 D objects occurs when a single side of the data set bounding box is dragged The mouse pointer changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 and the object is scaled along the dimensions of the selected side Unconstrained scaling pointer Bounding box side Figure 4 6 Unconstrained Scaling of a 3 D Surface iTool User s Guide Scaling 74 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Zooming Two types of zooming are available in all iTools Canvas Zoom which increases or decreases the magnification of the entire display canvas by a specified percentage and View Zoom which zooms in or out on a specific portion of the display area Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom increases or decreases magnification of the entire iTool window e without moving the observer s eye To zoom in or out with Canvas Zoom 1 Select Window gt Canvas Zoom and select a pe
246. l can be exported Click Next IDL Data Export Wizard Step 3 of 3 Select the desired file name and file type File Name File Type ASCII text txt bd ASCII text ASCII text True Format string G3 2 lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 2 19 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 3 of 3 iTool User s Guide Exporting Data 50 Exporting Data Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 4 You are now prompted for selection of the destination and file type After entering a desired filename extension and destination click Finish The file is then exported iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 51 Exporting Data to the IDL Session You can export data from an iTool into a single variable using the IDL Data Export Wizard For example to export data to an IDL variable 1 Select File Export The IDL Data Export Wizard appears IDL Data Export Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you export data from the current tool determining the data source and the resultant destination Select the export destination C ToaFile Toan IDL Variable Figure 2 20 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 1 of 3 iTool User s Guide Exporting Data 52 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 2 Select To an IDL Variable f IDL Data Export Wizard Figure 2 21 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 2 of 3 Exporting Data
247. le of how to display a 3D plot At the IDL command line enter iPlot FINDGEN 20 FINDGEN 20 RANDOMU seed 20 IET BEE File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dr ta S l l sele w Ole e fos A N e ol elo Click on item to select or click amp drag selection bax 1527 55 Figure 13 2 A Simple 3D Plot Using the iPlot Tool iTool User s Guide Displaying Three Dimensional Plots 276 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Displaying Polar Plots iPlot can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays You can also display polar plots Here is a simple example of how to display a polar plot At the IDL command line enter iPlot FINDGEN 20 FINDGEN 20 POLAR GV IDL iPlot Ol x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Olea S x gale w ole a fos Al folole o Click on item to select or click amp drag selection bax 92 592 Figure 13 3 A Simple Polar Plot Using the iPlot Tool Note The examples data directory of your IDL 6 1 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Polar Plots iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 277 Overplotting Once you have plotted data you may overplot new plot data in the original iPlot window Overplotting is the process of plotting new data over the top
248. lick on the surface data and then from the iSurface window select Insert gt Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar in Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 230 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding a Light Adding a light to your surface display allows you to highlight various parts of the surface To add a light to your surface display select Insert Light you can click on the light bulb which appears and drag it around the display area to manipulate the lighting You can also adjust the lighting settings using the Visualization Browser by double clicking on the light bulb S IDL isurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help page elelee oli SI hors AlNiololele Surface Kk 1132 Y 25 00 Z 3721 Figure 11 2 Inserting Light into a Surface Display Adding a Light iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 231 Adding a Legend Legends identify the visualizations displayed in the iTool window Legends can be displayed in the iSurface window to identify surfaces and contours on those surfaces To insert a legend for a surface or contour 1 Select specific items to
249. lization container S IDL iMap Untitled Mm Ei File Edit Insert Operations Window Help ouaaa elelee w 9 a Pv A N alelslel 4 Map Location jam n Edit Projection Data Space 384 132 Figure 15 13 The United States Shapefile Inserting the Canadian Provinces The Insert Map Canadian Provinces operation loads the canadaprovince shp file and displays the provinces as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 14 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 341 is active then IDL uses default longitude latitude coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Canadian Provinces visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled iof x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help olsa s e w ol 9 fos A N elelele d Map Location Data Value Longitude limits Min 180 Max 180 Ti Latitude limits Min 30 T Max 90 Edit Projection Data Space 482207 Figure 15 14 The Canadian Provinces Shapefile iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 342 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide This appendix describes the following common features of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface Trod NOR o oi es eR RA 344 Help Menu aer RR Re File ur E 345 File Toolbar
250. ll Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 0 0 red Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 Isovalue String Edit isovalue ll Isosurface alue Selector xi P Link All 100 4 gt Decimate of original surface OK Cancel Source color String List Choose from the following sovalue selected Volume color table User selected Fill Color Property Default Isovalue selected Volume color table iTool User s Guide Table D 43 Isosurface Properties Visualization Type Properties 434 Appendix D Visualization Properties Interval Volume fif IDL i olume Visualization Browser B window Interval Volume 0 View 1 Interval Volume EB Visualization Layer E Interval Volume E Data Space 1 Tue Interval Volume 1 Hoo E 89 Volume i fe iB Axes d m Lights Thickness Annotation Layer jFillbackground True i Fill color amp 5 0 0 1 Shading Gouraud Transparency 0 Select isovalues No line Isovalue selected Volume color table Figure D 28 Visualization Browser with Interval Volume Properties Displayed These properties control interval volume object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Contr
251. lor Color Data space background color Fill Background must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 200 cream Transparency Number Transparency of data space background from 0 to 100 Fill Background must be set to True Move slider to select a new percentage Default 100 Table D 35 Data Space Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Data Space Properties 406 Appendix D Visualization Properties Visualization Type Properties There are many types of visualizations that can be displayed in the six iTools Each data type has its own property sheet which can be displayed in the Visualization Browser Image g IDL iImage Visualization Browser B window c View 1 f Name Image Visualization Layer 1 Description Image EE Data Space jShow Tme 15 95 Image 1 E Contour HAG Surface i iE Axes j value 0 H Q Lights Pixel size x 1 Annotation Layer Pixel size y 1 i Origin x Origin b g Units 1 Image transparency 0 Row order Bottom to top B Image palette E dit color table 1 Interpolation Nearest Neighbor Figure D 20 Visualization Browser with Image Properties Displayed These properties control image object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used
252. lows you to reorient Portrait or Landscape as well as Center Print Close or change printer Setup Print Ctrl P Prints the entire contents of the graphics window iTool User s Guide Table A 1 The File Menu File Menu 346 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Keyboard Funetion Selection Accelerator Preferences Displays the Preferences Browser See The Preferences Browser on page 97 for details Exit Ctrl Q Exits the iTool window closing all visualizations and views within the window and removing them from memory File Menu Table A 1 The File Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Edit Menu 347 The Edit menu contains tools for editing and deleting data within the tool retracing your steps with the Undo Redo commands and displaying properties for selected objects The Edit menu items are common to all standard iTools Menu Selection Keyboard Accelerator Function Undo Ctrl Z Nullifies the previous operation and restores the iTool to its state before that operation The name of the previous operation appears after Undo Note Operations such as open save export export variable print exit and window moving and resizing cannot be undone Redo Ctrl Y Nullifies the previous Undo command and restores the iTool to its state before the Undo command was issued Any action that can be und
253. lt color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the line profile annotation Select a line style from the list Default solid line iTool User s Guide Table D 59 Line Profile Annotation Properties 2D Annotation Layer Properties 474 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the line profile annotation in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Minimum value Number Minimum value for line profile Edit number to change value No default value Maximum value Number Maximum value for line profile Edit number to change value No default value Histogram plot Boolean Show line profile as a histogram plot Choose True or False Default False Number of points Number Set number of points to average Enter a value to average Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Show line profile as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False Fill plot Boolean Fill plot Choose True or False Default False Fill level Number Set level to fill Enter value Default 71 Fill color Color Color used for fill For color to display Fill Plot property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Fill transparency Number Transparency of the plot fill from 0 to
254. lt upon a new object oriented framework or set of object classes that serve as the building blocks for the interface and functionality of the Tools IDL programmers can easily use this framework to create custom data analysis and visualization environments Such custom iTools may be called from within a larger IDL application or they may serve as the foundation for a complete application in themselves A Single Tool with Many Faces What sets the iTools apart from precursors such as the Live Tools now obsolete and what gives them their optimal power flexibility and extensibility is the cohesive open architecture of the iTools system The iTools system is actually comprised of a single tool which adapts to handle the data that you pass to it The plot surface image contour and volume tools are simply shortcut configurations which facilitate ad hoc data analysis and visualization Each tool encapsulates the functionality data operations display manipulations and visualization types required to handle its data or visualization type However you are not constrained to work with a single data or visualization type Instead using the iTools system you may start by bringing up a surface plot in a surface tool and then import scattered point data into the same plot to see the relationship between two data sets Or you may start with an image display overlay contours from another data set and map Introducing the iTools iTool User
255. lution Kernel Editor window is displayed S Convolution Kernel Editor Eg Default z Columns 3 Rows E C Dne Dimensional Two Dimensional Scale by fis IV Automatic scaling M Centered Edges wrap Y IV Show dialog next time OK Cancel Figure 7 10 Convolution Kernel Editor Change Convolution Kernel Editor settings as necessary by modifying any of the following e Select a filter type from the list The default filter is named Default e Edit the number of Columns and Rows if necessary e Choose between a One Dimensional and a Two Dimensional convolution e Scaling is automatic by default To choose a different scaling factor clear the Automatic scaling check box and enter a new factor in the Scale by text box e Position is Centered by default Clear the check box to turn centering off Filtering 128 Chapter 7 Common Operations e Edges Wrap by default To choose a different edge format select Zero or Repeat from the list If Show dialog next time is selected the Convolution Kernel Editor window will be displayed the next time the Convolution filter is selected Clear the check box to apply the filter without displaying the dialog 4 Click OK to apply the filter with the current settings and close the Convolution Kernel Editor window or click Cancel to close the window without applying the filter Filtering iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 129 Unsharp Mask Filter A
256. ly to fit the map projection if one is present The actual image data itself remains unchanged When you open an image in the iMap tool you need to register the image to define how the pixel data correspond to points on the earth s surface For more information on this process see Registering an Image on page 325 Once you have image data in the iMap tool all of the features of the iImage tool are available For more information see Chapter 10 Working with Images You can export the mapped image by selecting File gt Export When the IDL Data Export wizard opens choose the To a file option the image visualization to save and the output file format The result will be the image warped to the current map projection Note Depending on the map projection the alpha channel might be used to mask out pixels outside the map boundary In this case you can export the image to a file format that supports four channels such as TIFF PNG or JPEG2000 Displaying an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 325 Registering an Image The Map Register Image wizard shown in Figure 15 3 registers an image s data creating a correspondence between the image pixels and points on the earth s surface This registration step is necessary to let the iMap tool properly display the image data in the map projection you select The wizard launches automatically when you import image data or open an image file To launch
257. lying tophat shows the bright peaks within the image See Morphing on page 130 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details Additional items vary depending on the iTool selected Table A 4 The Operations Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Operations Menu 354 Window Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Window menu contains commands for displaying the Data Operations and Visualization browsers for zooming in and out of the display for modifying the window layout and for displaying a log of system messages The Window menu items are common to all iTools Menu Selection Funcson Data Manager Displays the Data Manager for the current iTool See About the Data Manager on page 22 for details Visualization Displays a hierarchical nested list of all visualization elements Browser in the display area See The Visualization Browser on page 92 for details Canvas Zoom Zoom on Resize Set to increase or decrease magnification of the entire iTool o window without moving the observer s eye 800 400 200 100 75 50 25 Default is 100 If this menu item is checked views will be resized whenever a visualization is zoomed in any way By default the view will not be resized if zoom is performed Layout Displays the window layout dialog which allows the user to change the current view layout and the window dimensions
258. m in the tree view click the right mouse button to display the Data Manager context menu and choose the Duplicate option About the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 25 Data Import Methods Data items in the Data Manager are available to all iTools until it they are removed You can bring data into the iTool Data Manager in the following ways e Using the Data Import Wizard File Import e By opening a data file directly File Open e Using the Import Variable or Import File buttons on the Data Manager dialog Window Data Manager e By specifying data parameters at the IDL command line For example specifying the following at the IDL command line iPlot myDataVariable places the variable myDataVariable in the Data Manager These methods are described in the following sections Noe Once data has been imported into the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a numerous ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Data Import Methods 26 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Using the Data Import Wizard The iTool Data Import Wizard steps you through the process of importing data into the Data Manager Launch the Data Import Wizard by selecting File gt Import The Data Import Wizard has three screens 1 Select the data source You can import data either f
259. mation importing volume data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments see IVOLUME in the JDL Reference Guide manual The iVolume tool can be launch in many different ways e Atthe IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File New Visualization iVolume menu option in the IDL Development Environment e Through the File New iVolume menu option in an iTool Note The iVolume tool continues to be updated in IDL 6 1 This chapter will be written to accommodate additional iVolume functionality and this chapter reflects only current configuration iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 297 Displaying Volumes The iVolume tool s primary purpose is to visualize volume data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iVolume tool also allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display the volume data Before displaying volume data must be loaded into the tool Here is a simple example of one way to load in some data At the IDL command line enter file FILEPATH head dat SUBDIRECTORY examples data data READ _BINARY file DATA DIMS 80 100 57 IVOLUME data Note The examples data directory of
260. mplate contains the following items Field Type select the field type which best describes your data Choose from fixed width or delimited Comment Strings to Ignore allows you to note any comment strings you wish to be ignored Data Starts at Line allows you to specify from which line data should first be read iTool User s Guide Importing Data From a File 34 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Selected Text File shows the real data from the selected text file The option is also given to Get next 50 Lines Choose the field type Here it is delimited by white space 4 There are no comment strings to ignore here and the line upon which to begin your data is 1 Now select Next ASCII Template Step 2 of 3 Define Delimiter Fields Number of Fields Per Line 2 Delimiter Between Data Elements White Space C Colon C Tab C Comma C Semicolon C Other E Value to Assign to Missing Data IEEENaN C Selected Records C RSI IDL61 examples data sine_waves txt Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 2 6 The ASCII Template Step 2 Defining Delimeters Fields The second step of the ASCII Template contains the following items Number of Fields Per Line allows you to specify how many fields should appear per line e Delimiter Between Data Elements allows you to select the delimiter type between data elements Value to Assign to Missing Data allows you to choose a
261. mport all channels of the image 5 Click the Assign Data button under TEXTURE The name of the data to import appears in the TEXTURE field Clear data__ PTEATURE Assign data e image Channa Data name Figure 11 7 TEXTURE Field in Parameter Editor 6 Click OK The Parameter Editor window closes and the texture map appears on the surface Adding a Texture Map iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 239 Manipulating Surface Displays The iSurface tool provides options for manipulating surface data You can rotate as well as scale surfaces These manipulations are described in the following sections Rotating a Surface Rotation tools are provided in the iSurface tool to make it easier to see all aspects of a 3 D surface visualization Surfaces can be rotated freely or along an axis with the mouse and they can be rotated in fixed or arbitrary increments from the Operations menu To rotate a surface freely or along an axis with the mouse 1 Select the surface in the iSurface window 2 Click Rotate 15 on the Manipulator toolbar The rotation sphere is displayed around the surface File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osal lele v 517 a P2 A N aleleleo Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 11 8 Surface with Rotation Sphere Displayed iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 240 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces e To rot
262. mporting Data From the IDL Session iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 45 2 From the IDL Variable Browser you can select available variables which you have entered at the Command Line and click OK to add them to your Data Manager as available variables S Data Manager Browser x Channel 0 E143 Data Manager 5 afrpolitsm png Ei Image Planes 19 Channel 0 IH Palette H sine waves H sine waves 1 H sine waves 2 Wu oo HG Surface parameters 600 600 Channel 0 False IDLARRAY 2D BYTE Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss Figure 2 15 Imported Variable with Imported Files Importing Graphic Objects You can import graphic objects into your iTool using the Visualization pull down menu on the Insert Visualization window Select IDL Graphics Object and then import your variable from the Data Manager into the Graphics Object field and select Insert When importing graphic objects into an iTool it is important to remember e Ifthe object hierarchy being inserted as a graphic object does not have the REGISTER PROPERTIES keyword set then no properties will be available in your iTool when the object is visualized If the object hierarchy being inserted as a graphic object includes an image object rotation may not behave as expected For more information on image objects and their behavior see Transformations of IDLgrImage Objects in Chapter 8 of the JDL Reference
263. n Annotations 86 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Additional Axes By default X Y and for 3 D data spaces Z axes are displayed in the iTool window The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes in Appendix D Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to most data spaces to make it easier to identify characteristics To add an additional axis to your data space 1 Select the data space 2 Select Insert Axis 3 Choose from the following options e X axis e Y axis e Zaxis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet Note For a 3 D visualization you can use the Shift Ctrl to translate an axis in the opposite direction This will be shown in the Status message when an axis is selected for translation You can also use the arrow keys to change axes placement direction Additional Axes iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools IntrGductfolt 13e Race ee 88 The Preferences Browser 97 Property Sheets 2 0 6 65 00 e eee 89 The Operations Browser 95 The Visualization Browser 92 Tool User s Guide 87 88 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Introduction Introduction The six Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution iPlot iSurface
264. n method Extrapolate missing Missing value Pivot Rotate Data Rotate the data by a specified angle True 0 0 0 1 Nearest neighbor True 0 False Figure 7 6 Rotate Data Dialog 3 Specify the number of degrees to rotate by clicking the up down control or by editing the text 4 Click OK iTool User s Guide Transformations 124 Chapter 7 Common Operations Scale Data The Scale Data transform makes it possible to scale the data within an object by a specified scale factor To scale data 1 Select one or more objects which contain the data to be scaled 2 Select Operations Scale Data The Scale Data dialog appears 8 Scale Data Lx Scale Data Scale the data by a given factor Description Show dialog True Scalefactor 2 Cancel Figure 7 7 Scale Data Dialog 3 Change the scale factor if necessary by editing the number in the Scale Factor field and click OK to scale the selected object s or Cancel to close the Scale Data dialog without scaling the object s Transformations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 125 Filtering Four types of filters are common to all iTools Smooth filtering Median Filtering Convolution and Unsharp Masking Smooth Filter To remove unwanted noise from data apply the Smooth filter to the data To apply the Smooth filter 1 Select the data that you want to smooth 2 Select Operations Filter gt Smooth
265. n tool button on the toolbar and then click on the image and drag until it is in the desired location Panning causes the extents of the visible portion of the view to be shifted Cropping an Image The ilmage crop manipulator button allows you to crop your image to your specified size and dimension It also allows you to translate and resize the crop box and then apply the crop to the currently selected image or images The button appears in the toolbar as shown in the following figure w alet Crop Manipulator Button P d Figure 10 10 The Crop Manipulator Button on the Toolbar The crop box will appear only if information has been set and is applicable to the currently selected image If the crop box information has not been set for the crop operation or does not fit within your image then no crop box appears For more information see Cropping Images on page 221 If no crop box visual is present you can click using the mouse anywhere on an image and drag to create a crop box iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Image Display 220 Chapter 10 Working with Images Note All portions of the image that fall outside of the crop box are grayed out Once a crop box is present it may be translated by clicking and dragging anywhere within the crop box or along its edges or scaled by clicking and dragging on one of the scale handles A new crop box can also be created by clicking anywhere within the gray area outside of t
266. n unsharp mask filter can be applied to any two dimensional array or a TrueColor image The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image and is widely used for astronomical images and for digital photographs To apply the Unsharp Mask filter 1 Select the data that you want to unsharp mask 2 Select Operations gt Filter Unsharp Mask 3 The unsharp mask filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited S Unsharp Mask xi Unsharp Mask Description Show dialog True Amount of filter x 1100 Radius in pixels 3 Clipping threshold 10 jx a Cancel Figure 7 11 The Unsharp Mask Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied iTool User s Guide Filtering 130 Morphing Chapter 7 Common Operations Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Morphing is available when working with images surfaces and contours Six morphing options are available for use in iTools dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat Morphing Option Description Dilate Dilate is commonly known as fill expand or grow It can be used to fill holes of a size equal to or smaller than the structuring element Erode Erode does to the background what dilation does to the foreground Given an image and a structuring element erode
267. nd View Zoom drop down list The Annotation toolbar containing the Text and line buttons as well as the Line Rectangle Oval Polygon and Freehand annotation buttons iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference File Menu 345 The File menu contains tools for creating opening printing and saving files as well as tools for importing and exporting data and images The File menu items are common to all standard iTools Menu Selection Keyboard Accelerator Function New Ctrl N Creates a new iTool of the specified type Options ilmage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume Open Ctrl O Opens a file for import into the current i Tool If this is a data file such as an image file ASCII file or binary file a new data object will be created and if applicable a new visualization will be created Import Imports an IDL variable or file to the current iTool See Data Import Methods on page 25 for details Export Exports the data from the currently selected object to the IDL main program level or exports the current window to an image file Save Ctrl S Saves the state of the current iTool to a file If the state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename Save As Prompts you to enter a filename and then saves the state of the current iTool Print Preview Shows a preview of the visualization to print and al
268. ng Contours The iContour tool s primary purpose is to display contours though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iContour tool can display regular grid data or irregular grid data Gridding is the creation of uniformly spaced planar data from data points These points may initially be irregular Displaying Regular grid Data Regular grid data points are presented by two dimensional arrays The following example shows one way of importing and displaying this type of data into the iContour tool The 248 by 248 two dimensional array contained within the convec dat binary file in the examples data directory is imported into IDL with the READ_BINARY function The iContour tool then displays this data as contours At the IDL Command Line enter file FILEPATH convec dat SUBDIRECTORY examples data data READ BINARY file DATA DIMS 248 248 iTool User s Guide Displaying Contours 248 Chapter 12 Working with Contours iContour data S IDL iContour _ Ol xi File Edit Insert Operations Window Help ollaa x ealel w ole a Tos alN ololele 200 150 100 k 50 E Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate 481 208 Figure 12 1 Earth Convection Contours in the iContour Tool Note SOS _ SS _ ESSS eFeFFFSFSFS The examples data directory of yo
269. ng Style 12ceeeteee nete itae ree t stub pei Free utri Reto 184 Applying SOYI RU 185 Applying a Style tos Selected Mem coc eee reet Rer titer eere 185 Pap Uy a Sy Te JO AN BGB aee cire race aere resi bib eene 188 Applying a Style When Launching an 1TO0 5 eee 190 E SER MM E EE EE 191 Copying Properties within Styles itinere Enero deep enero 191 Cutting and Deleting Properties within Styles eee 192 selecting Multiple Properties Tor Haine 1 caer 192 Seting the Detault Style nid eerte e pet rre ese ol eie lesa De pela Du teo edet 194 Importing and Exporting Styles 1 seis emite treni rt tette khen aa EKES 195 Espotting a File TO Shafe e sca cos totes asus eere tid entem iea Nea aiia 195 Importimi a Roerne Pese iR i a ta eth etae tatnen 195 Chapter 10 Working with MAGES Lisa iaska iati R ns tuidi terim BEI REMA rM d HM M MS 197 Tntroduchon E lee eee 198 Displaring DIZES NE 199 LEnsplaying Muliple Images ics basse da chi aad nesia ea ea a 200 A e E DC 203 OU ROI a E E Ea a e EEE EE AOR 204 f rlrdsnin AME 204 bano LOI C ONTON MM 205 MHRA DEOBOTUBB cse cbe e ern tede er E ber retra be ng 206 Modifying Properties ccc ue eei Ania ere ERE eio LEGE RD UR EROR red vga 206 Pospgiedhn M C 207 iTool User s Guide Contents PMU FR T 208 Besampling an MAGS casos eie ceret ii
270. nge the value Default 2 0 Maximum cutoff Number Maximum value of array to be considered Edit the number to change the value Default 2 255 Bottom byte Number Minimum value of scaled result Edit the number to change the value Range 0 255 Default 0 Top byte Number Maximum value of scaled result Edit the number to change the value Range 0 255 Default 255 Table C 21 Byte Scale Transform Properties Note When working with byte data the default bytescale range is always 0 255 Therefore even if data is bytescaled from 0 100 it will display using 0 255 This may cause visualized data to appear darker Transform Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 381 Map Projection Properties The map projection functionality displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections See Chapter 15 Working with Maps for details on how to use mapping functionality For a comprehensive list of map projection properties see Applying a Map Projection in Chapter 15 Map Projection has no configurable properties other than Description Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Map Projection dialog when Operations Map Projection is chosen Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Map Projection dialog without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 22 Map Projection Prope
271. ngs and file readers and writers used by all iTools For example if you prefer default drag quality to be low rather than high you can change the default property for Default drag quality from High to Low in the Preferences Browser as shown in Figure 6 5 8l Preferences Eg y Settings General Settings General Settings zy File Readers File Writers E Unlimited buffer Memory limit Mb Zoom on window resize False Change directory on open True Default working directory Default style lt None gt Default drag quality High Printer output format Bitmap Clipboard output format Bitmap Restore Defaults OK Cancel Help Figure 6 5 Preferences Browser with Contour Projection Properties Displayed For more information on the property sheets displayed in the right hand pane of the Preferences Browser see Appendix D Visualization Properties The Preferences Browser displays a nested list of general preferences file readers and file writers available for all iTools in the left pane and a property sheet for the currently selected item in the right pane e To expand a list item click the icon ni e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon To change the properties of a general setting file reader or file writer from the Preferences Browser 1 Select File Preferences iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 98 Chapt
272. nish on the third last step of the wizard The IDL iTools Create Visualization dialog will appear Gi IDL iTools Create Visualization x IDL iTools Create Visualization This wizard will help you convert your data and create a visualization Launch the gridding wizard C Select a visualization and specify parameters C Do not create a visualization Help OK Cancel Figure 12 2 The iTools Create Visualization Dialog The IDL iTools Create Visualization dialog contains the following choices Launch the gridding wizard Select a visualization and specify parameters Do not create a visualization Displaying Contours 250 Chapter 12 Working with Contours 5 Select the Launch the gridding wizard radio button then click OK The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you interpolate your scattered data values and locations onto a regular grid You have entered 100 points X coordinates 0 007468 0 9950 Y coordinates 0 006830 0 9946 Data values 0 007098 0 9648 Spherical data Help Back Next gt gt Cancel a 0 4705 0 24 a 2 g0 094 m 0 88 mo 79 g0 70 0 62 m0 44 ot 0 27 90 18 0 07 T T r r T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 I Show points Figure 12 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 The Gridding Wizard allows you to specify the method of gridding while showing you the
273. ns more than one item polygon polyline or point you can choose to create a single visualization containing all of the included items or to create an individual visualization for each item in the file iTool User s Guide Creating a Shape Visualization 334 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting a Map Grid The Insert gt Map Grid operation creates a longitude latitude grid Figure 15 7 within the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates A IDL iMap Untitled BEES File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Deals olele w ol 9 fos A N lolol ele 3 Map Location 90 N Data Vali ehi 4 i Longitude limits 19N Mir 180 f Z f z z z dis E t E Max 180 18s Latitude limits Min 30 a Max BG Data Space 446 187 Figure 15 7 The Map Grid The gridlines appear as a single MapGrid object within the current dataspace For information on this visualization see Map Grid on page 461 Note When you insert a map grid the Axes container within the dataspace is automatically hidden To display the axes use the Visualization Browser to change the Show property of the Axes container Inserting a Map Grid iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 335 Inserting an IDL Shapefile IDL comes with several shapefiles that you can insert in the iMap
274. ns to manipulate your existing volume displays Once you have visualized your volume data you may rotate translate scroll and zoom as well as modify volume properties The following options are available for manipulating volumes Rotating a Volume Rotating makes it possible to rotate the volume within the visualization without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes To rotate your volume from the toolbar on the iVolume window select the Rotate button For more information about rotating see Rotation on page 118 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Scaling a Volume It is possible to scale the data within a volume by a specified scale factor To scale your volume select Operations Transform Scale Data For more information on scaling data see Scaling on page 69 in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the volume display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more informati
275. o an iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 85 unconstrained scaling pointer 2X Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify polygon annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Freehand Annotations To add a freehand annotation 1 Click the Freehand Annotation button in the toolbar 2 Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a freehand shape 3 Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the selected freehand annotation iTool User s Guide To position the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected freehand shape so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the freehand shape so that it changes to a resize pointer Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the freehand shape so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify rectangle annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotatio
276. of original data or datasets for the purpose of analyzing or comparing more than one dataset at a time For example in order to overplot cosine data onto a plot of sine wave data follow these steps 1 Create a variable named theory to contain sine wave data to be plotted theory SIN 2 0 FINDGEN 200 PI 25 0 EXP 0 02 FINDGEN 200 2 Plot theory using iPlot iPlot theory GI IDL iPlot BEE File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Click on item to select or click amp drag selection bax Figure 13 4 Sin Wave Data Plotted iTool User s Guide Overplotting 278 Chapter 13 Working with Plots 3 Create a variable named newtheory which stores cosine data to be used for overplotting newtheory COS 2 0 FINDGEN 200 PI 25 0 EXP 0 02 FINDGEN 200 4 Now overplot the new cosine data onto your original plot iPlot newtheory OVERPLOT E IDL iPlot c x Click on item to select or click amp drag selection bax Figure 13 5 Cosine Data Overplotted on Sine Data Overplotting iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 279 Plot Properties The iPlot window is a self contained plot display and manipulation device You can import and export plot data and modify and manipulate plot data For more information on the basic iPlot interface and its layout see Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selectin
277. ogram are copyright 1995 1999 LizardTech Inc All rights reserved MrSID is protected by U S Patent No 5 710 835 Foreign Patents Pending Portions of this software are copyrighted by Merge Technologies Incorporated This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org IDL Wavelet Toolkit Copyright 2002 Christopher Torrence Other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of the respective trademark holders Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL HODB sisctisintnsastnmtanadinisianennnivarnediannnanuiinmiinanwan 15 Drath TS VU OE Nm 16 UPS CIC EE 18 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data eeeeeeeeeeeeenneeee 21 Abont the Dala Managen 11 cone vceis eevee cceveceatesdunadesschadenasaieensdes e t e e rte e er Pede ee etu d 22 Data Manager nbeplqgst ois econtra ti e ete e I ea eere rs eerte 23 Epa Ubinas due so m 24 Data limpor Methods iuuenem oiiire e nr ED GERE REP DER ERES 25 Importing Data From a Fe ee re ete a Hh ave UPS HEUS EREE 32 lyssgiDA Image DMa M E M 32 Iumpot ias ASCH Dali eoe e Diesem rte ERR REPE RR ES 32 Tmporine Bimi y DWA Mec 36 posing Shapefile DSL dere etm er e e reed rere riens 39 iTool User s Guide 3 Sog wih Unknown DMA 2er bsc rese ertet deerat tb rrr rere ntn proa td 40 Using the Gidding Wise ice here retten rete neret S 41 Importing Data Prom the IDL Session eee rin reitera 44 Imporuue Graphie O
278. ol Histogram has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Histogram Properties 372 Appendix C Operations Properties Filter Properties The following properties control the 1Tool filters Convolution Properties Convolution smooths data by using a weighted moving average Convolution filter properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Convolution Filter on page 127 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details on applying convolution For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Convolution Kernel Editor dialog when the Convolution filter is selected from the Operations Filter menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Convolution filter without displaying the dialog Default 2 True Kernel User Defined Display the Convolution Kernel Editor dialog Click Edit to display the dialog Default Default Center Automatic scaling Boolean Select True to center or False no centering Default True Boolean Select True for automatic scaling or False no automatic scaling Default True Scale factor Default 16 Edge values Boolean Select for edge value type Zero Wrap Repeat Default Wrap Filter Prop
279. ol Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the interval volume lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the interval volume lines Select a line style from the list Default No line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the interval volume lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Table D 44 Interval Volume Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 435 Property Control Type Values Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 0 0 red Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 Isovalues String Edit isovalue ll Isosurface alue Selector xi P Link All 100 4 gt Decimate of original surface OK Cancel Source Color String List Set source color Choose from the following sovalue selected Volume color table User selected Fill Color Property Default Isovalue selected Volume color table Table D 44 Interval Volume Container Properties iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 436 Image Plane B m cs
280. ol User s Guide Selection of Objects 66 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Undo Redo Undo Redo Any action performed in an iTool window can be undone or redone The Undo and Redo mechanism provides a useful way of retracing and repeating steps that have been performed in the iTool window Noe Operations which cannot be undone are Open Save Export Export variable Print Exit and window moving and resizing To undo the most recent action do one of the following e Select Edit Undo e Click SI To undo multiple actions simply repeat these commands When no more actions remain to be undone the Undo menu item or toolbar button is no longer active To repeat actions that have been undone do one of the following Select Edit gt Redo e Click Tip Look at the text following the Undo or Redo menu item or hover the mouse pointer over the Undo or Redo button on the toolbar to display the tooltip to identify the action that will be undone or redone iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 67 Adding a Data Space The data space is the area within your visualization window where imported data appears A data space is added automatically when data is visualized directly into an iTool window However if you desire to add a data space manually to any of the i
281. ols iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to access data using the iTool About the Data Manager 22 Data Import Methods 25 Importing Data From a File 32 Working with Unknown Data 40 Tool User s Guide Importing Data From the IDL Session 44 Parameter Data and the Command Line 46 Exporting Data 0 47 21 22 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data About the Data Manager All data used by any iTool is first loaded into the iTools Data Manager which keeps track of which data items are associated with an iTool visualization The Data Manager provides a convenient and structured environment in which to import and view files and variables The process of loading data into the Data Manager is entirely automatic if you specify data when launching an iTool at the IDL command line or if you open a data file using the Open command from the iTool s File menu In these cases the iTool will import the data in the specified file or variable and create a visualization of the default type for the selected data and the iTool you are using If you want more control over the process of creating a visualization you can load data into the Data Manager manually either from a data file or from one or more variables that exist in your current IDL session Once a data item is placed in the Data Manager it is available to all iTools until it is removed M
282. olume Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 j E Visualization Layer gp Data Space gp lsosurface gp Volume fi Axes E Lights Annotation Layer lsosurface Isosurface Isosurface True mo oo No line 1 True Gouraud 0 Select isovalue Isovalue selected Volume color table Figure D 27 Visualization Browser with Isosurface Properties Displayed These properties control isosurface object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the isosurface lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the isosurface lines Select a line style from the list Default No line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the isosurface lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Table D 43 Isosurface Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 433 Property Control Type Values Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to fi
283. olygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 13 1 Types of Plot Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Plot Display 292 Chapter 13 Working with Plots View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the plot display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom amp on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Selecting the Data Range In a two dimensional plot your data range can be manipulated in several ways First enter into the Data Range tool mode by clicking on the Data Range button jy on the toolbar You can then manipulate your data range in the following ways e Clicking and dragging a selection box within the view The selected range becomes the new data range Panning in one direction or another along a single axis by clicking on the
284. omatically in the following ways e By specifying some data when creating an iTool at the IDL Command Line For example myPlotData RANDOMU seed 30 iPlot myPlotData These statements will create a new data item in the iTool Data Manager and create a new iPlot tool that visualizes the data in a line plot e By opening a file in an existing iTool either by selecting File Open or using the Data Import Wizard File gt Import e By using the Data Import Wizard File gt Import to import a variable from the IDL Session Both the Data Import Wizard and the process of using File Open are described in detail in Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Noe Certain data types such as binary or ASCII may require you to supply IDL with further information before they can be visualized For more information about reading certain data types into iTools see Importing Data From a File in Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data iTool User s Guide Visualization Creation Methods 58 Chapter 3 Visualizations Inserting Visualizations If you already have the necessary data in the iTool Data Manager you can manually create a visualization in your iTool This is done from your desired iTool window by selecting Insert Visualization To access data using Insert Visualization from your tool 1 Start an iTool 2 Select Insert gt Visualization The Insert Visualization Dialog appears
285. on left side of axes to 1 minor tick marks extend same length as major tick marks on right side of axes Move the slider to change the value Default 2 0 5 minor tick marks extend one half the length of major tick marks on right side of axes Tick interval Number Interval between ticks Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Tick layout String List Select layout style for major and minor tick visualization on all axes Choose from these values Axis plus labels Display tick labels and marks Labels only Display tick labels only no tick marks Box style Display tick labels and marks with labels enclosed in boxes Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Select a direction for tick marks Choose from these values Right Above Place tick marks to the right of or above the axis line Left Below Place text to the left of or below the axis line Default Right Above Text show Boolean Set text to show or not show Choose True or False Default True show Text position String List Select a position for tick and label text Choose from these values Below left Place text below or to the left of the axis line Above right Place text above or to the right of the axis line Default Below left iTool User s Guide Table D 48 Axes Container Properties Visualization Type Properties 450 Appendix D Visualization Properties
286. on Properties and in the IDL Commands chapter of the JDL Reference Guide The Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 95 The Operations Browser The Operations Browser provides a quick way to display and modify the properties for a given iTool operation task performed on iTool data before that operation is performed For example to display the properties of the Convolution filter select the name of the filter in the left pane of the Operations Browser see Figure 6 4 and modify the Scale factor property value in the right pane to change the default scale factor for convolution Beles l IDL isurface Operations Browser Operations E Operations Browser Macros Statistics gut Histogram Sy Filter Convolution Median Smooth H Rotate H Transform E Map Projection 9 Morph fa Contour Image A Plot Profile Convolution Perform the convolution operation on the s i Show dialog True Kernel lt Default gt i True True JEdge values Wrap i One dimensional False Figure 6 4 Operations Browser with Convolution Filter Properties Displayed The Operations Browser displays a nested list of operations available in the current iTool in the left pane and a property sheet for the currently selected operation in the right pane e To expand a list item click the
287. on on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Manipulating the Volume Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 313 Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe volume visualizations displayed in the iVolume tool The following types of annotations can be added to iVolume displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 14 1 Types of Volume Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Volume Display 314 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes iVolume Tool Operations The iVolume tool allows you operations for your existing volume displays Once you have visualized your volume data you can scale and filter as well as creating a histogram or
288. onal neighborhood of a given width To apply the median filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Median For more details on the median filter see Median Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Smoothing an Image The smooth filter removes unwanted noise from an image using a weighted average To apply the smooth filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth For more details on the smooth filter see Smooth Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Filtering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 211 Applying a Roberts Filter The Roberts filter uses the Roberts edge enhancement operator to detect edges within the image To apply the Roberts filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Roberts 3 The Roberts filter is applied Applying a Sobel Filter The Sobel filter uses the Sobel edge enhancement operator to detect edges within the image To apply the Sobel filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Sobel 3 The Sobel filter is applied Applying an Unsharp Mask The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image To apply the Unsharp Mask filter 1 Select the data that you want to unsharp mask 2 Select Operations Filter Unsharp Mask For more details on the unsharp mask filter see Unshar
289. one can also be redone Cut Ctrl X Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard Copy Ctrl C Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the System clipboard Paste Ctrl V Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view Paste Special Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view and makes a reference to all contained data iTool User s Guide Table A 2 The Edit Menu Edit Menu 348 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Selection Keyboard Accelerator Function Delete Del Deletes the currently selected item s without putting a copy on the local or system clipboards Deletion can be reversed with Undo Select All Selects all items in the current view Grouping Select Group to add all selected objects to a group Ungroup to remove them from the group Order Change the display order of the selected object s Choose from these options Bring to Front Move selected object s to the top display level Send to Back Move selected object s to the bottom display level Bring Forward Move selected object s up one display level Send Backward Move selected o
290. only if an image or a contour is selected Data Value Displays the following information For an image the data value and corresponding grayscale or RGB value for the current cursor location identical to Pixel Value on the Image panel Fora contour the data value for the current cursor location Sensitive only if an image or contour visualization is selected Longitude limits Displays the active map projection s maximum and minimum longitude values Enter new values to update these limits Sensitive only if a dataspace or a visualization within the dataspace with a map projection is selected Latitude limits Displays the active map projection s maximum and minimum latitude values Enter new values to update these limits Sensitive only if a dataspace or a visualization within the dataspace with a map projection is selected Edit Projection Opens the Map Projection dialog for the currently active dataspace For more information see Applying a Map Projection on page 318 Table 3 Items on the Map Panel iTool User s Guide Using the Map Panel 324 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Displaying an Image You can visualize image data in the iMap tool as you would in the ilmage tool To learn more about visualizing image data see Displaying Images on page 199 Note By default the iMap tool creates an image visualization if given a 2D array or a Truecolor image This image is warped internal
291. ons 115 wr vind M EE 115 Exporume Vanables and PAGS eee reinen rapa Heer ree DU So epu 116 igirur MD E 116 Exiting th TOO M 117 ds D m 118 bhinuccg ensi P EE 118 Rotate Lett and Rotate Right uon nean eie eic aceeta Ge edere Ee 120 Rotate by Specified Augle iiiianaeieene nee ere keep here e ge EIE Fe Henne ean 121 iTool User s Guide Contents aci ivan iro M 122 i M 122 FROGS TIBET E M 123 PONS DIRT 124 POR M M caeteni canes 125 cns ui d vbelvadsbatuartes 125 Metan PUET E 125 Convolution PINGET RN 127 N oE e E E eet cte renta Peta P esl 129 l or M M HT 130 Additional Operations i2 2 cH ped retire Tee eae le Peer e etia Pe See P2 oed ure aah 131 BP esting a EIBSCOBCRUI ai eise de imet E m Er pavers ibn ee FE DEPO EEEREN 131 R ndenns Translucent jets eee teste reciben iere ertet qur eria 135 Operations on Regions OU Teil cs terit ertet E eret ree reete 136 Operations Modifying ROI DS eedceeieen rette treten re rata terrenae 136 Operations Modifying ROI Vertiees 1 2 inerte tidie diete ene a educa ete tan 136 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Meet METDI m 137 lues prr E M 138 What udorun pL
292. or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 10 1 Types of Image Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Line Profiles You can plot image pixel values along a selected line These values are extracted as a line profile of part of your image visualization and displayed in a new iPlot window 1 From an ilmage window with a visualized image click on the Line Profile icon on the toolbar Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 219 2 Use the mouse to position the jagged edge line profile tool over the place which you wish your line profile to begin and click Drag to the ending point of your line profile and release 4 A new plot window appears showing a plot of the image pixel values that fall along that line Once a line profile has been drawn it will remain until deleted The line may be translated or its endpoints moved individually If it is translated or edited the profile plot will automatically update View Panning To pan an image select the View Pa
293. orbar click on the volume visualization and then from the iVolume window select Insert Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the properties for the colorbar l IDL ivolume File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oleae l l slee feo o Al lololel o BEES 0 116 232 RGB Table 0 ma 0 116 Opacity Table 0 232 T Auto Render Quality Low textures Boundary Translate Figure 14 3 Rendered Volume with Colorbar Added Adding a Colorbar 836511 iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 305 Adding Axes By default volumes are displayed with X Y and Z axes The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes in Appendix D Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to a volume visualization to make it easier to identify volume characteristics To add an axis to your volume visualization 1 Select the volume 2 Select Insert gt Axis 3 Choose from the following options e X axis Y axis e Zaxis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet For more information on adding axes see Additional Axes in Chapter
294. ore visualization parameters using the Parameter Editor To display the Parameter Editor select your visualization then select Edit Parameters Data Tree View Property Sheets E Parameter Editor Data Manager THEORY if ARRAY Name THEORY ws CRATER Description FLOAT 200 010 OBSERVED False 1 WORLDELV leei is 010 THEORY Parameter liz IDL Plot Plot TOOLS PLOT TO Property Sheet AJ 7 Plot Parameters ata types accepted by Y ye THEORY Parameter Data Y ERROR 44 Types Window X ERROR VERTEX COLORS indicates a required parameter Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss Figure 3 2 Parameter Editor Note The Parameter Editor contains all of the fields shown in the Insert Visualization dialog with the exception that you cannot change the visualization type of the selected visualization See Inserting Visualizations on page 58 for details Modifying Existing Visualizations iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 61 To associate data with a visualization s parameters using the Parameter Editor 1 Select Edit Parameters 2 Do one of the following e Select an item already in the Data Tree View e Click Import File to import a file into the Data Tree View and select the file e Click Import Variable to import a variable into the Data Tree View and select the variable 3 Assign items to the appropriate input parameter and data item then doubl
295. ory Items The History folder in the source tree shown in Figure 8 11 contains history items The properties of a selected history item appear in the source property sheet PLOT TOOL Closed 1 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 a Stop Recording dm Selection Change a Start Recording gr Open X Invert Image Rotate Smooth amp Stop Recording H E IMAGE TOOL Visualizations Annotations un Macro Tools s f T pea J E Figure 8 11 Macro Editor s History Folder The History folder records actions that occur in an iTool The history items are grouped into folders for each tool in current or past use with each folder named by its tool identifier e g PLOT TOOL for an open iPlot tool History items will continue to be added to history folders for the duration of the iTools session This sequence of history items thus represents an audit trail for actions taken in a tool It also serves as a source for the creation of macros Note The History folder is cleared at the end of an iTools session through the itreset command or by exiting IDL When you change a property value in an iTool IDL creates a corresponding history item The name of the property being changed is appended to the name of that item e g SetProperty Color instead of simply SetProperty When you select or deselect an object in an iTool the name of th
296. ot 2 Select Operations Filter Median For more details on the median filter see Median Filter on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Filtering a Plot iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 291 Manipulating the Plot Display The iPlot tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing plot displays Once you have visualized your plot data you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify plot properties scroll and select plot ROIs The following options are available for manipulating plots Translating Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specific direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object For information on translating objects see Translation in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Adding Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iPlot displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify elliptical areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided p
297. output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Linear Surveys the two closest pixels drawing a line between them and designating a value along that line as the output pixel value Cubic Use cubic polynomial waveforms instead of linear waveforms Most accurate method but may require more processing time Default 2 Nearest neighbor Extrapolate missing Boolean Extrapolate the value of a missing pixel from the value of nearby pixels Default True Transform Properties Table C 19 Rotate Data Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 379 Property Control Type Options Missing value Number A value to be substituted for pixels in the rotated image that fall outside the bounds of the unrotated image This property is only used if the Extrapolate missing property is set to false Default 0 Pivot Boolean If set to true the image will be rotated around the point defined by the X center offset and Y center offset If set to false the image will be rotated around its center Default False Table C 19 Rotate Data Properties Scale Data Properties The Scale Data operation scales the selected objects by a specified scale factor Scale Data properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Scaling on page 69 for details on using the Scale Data operation The following properties control the Scale Data tool For each property
298. p Mask Filter on page 129 in Chapter 8 Common Operations iTool User s Guide Filtering an Image 212 Chapter 10 Working with Images Applying a Morphological Operator Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Six morphing options are available for use in ilmage dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat For more information on morphing see Morphing on page 130 in Chapter 8 Common Operations To morph your image select Operations Morph lt option gt Applying a Morphological Operator iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 213 Contouring an Image You can also insert a contoured representation of your image data into your visualization To do this 1 From the ilmage window containing a visualized image select Operations Contour The Contour dialog appears shown below allowing you to adjust contour setting including Number of levels Set the number of contouring levels Value Set the contour value to use Projection Choose the contour type Planar or 3D Contour Description Show dialog True Number of levels 5 Value Projection Planar Figure 10 7 The Contour Dialog 3 After making any contour property changes select OK to contour your image data iTool User s Guide Contouring an Image 214 Chapter 10 Working with Images The following figure shows contouring added to the imag
299. pears where you click 3 Type the annotation text To add a new line press Ctrl Enter To add superscript characters press Ctrl U iTool User s Guide Annotations 82 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations To add subscript characters press Ctrl D To return to normal characters press Ctrl N Note For information on how to embed these and other formatting commands from the Text Annotation property sheet refer to Text Annotation Properties in Appendix D 4 Press Enter A bounding box appears around the annotation text To position the annotation position the mouse pointer within the bounding box so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To display and modify text annotation properties such as font text color and transparency double click the bounding box or inside the bounding box Line Annotations Annotations To add a line annotation 1 2 Click the Line Annotation button on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a line of the desired length To constrain in the direction that you are drawing hold down the Shift key while drawing To draw the line from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at both ends of the line annotation To position the line annotation position the mouse pointer over the selected
300. perations 115 File Operations File operations are provided in the iTools to allow you to open files save files import variables and files export variables or export the contents of the iTool window as an image file Printing and exiting the iTool are additional file operations Opening Files Data files text files and previously saved iTools State isv files can be opened with File Open For more information on opening files see Using File Open on page 30 Importing Variables and Files IDL variables and files can be imported into the current iTool with File Import The IDL Data Import Wizard offers you the choice of importing a variable or a file and then asks you to identify the location of the data source and the type of visualization to be created with the data Import a Variable The Data Import Wizard can import an IDL variable created at the IDL command line or exported from an iTool session into the current iTool For more information on importing variables see Importing Data From the IDL Session on page 44 Import a File The Data Import Wizard can import text files data files or image files into the current iTool For more information on importing files see Importing ASCII Data on page 32 Importing Binary Data on page 36 or Importing Image Data on page 32 Saving Files The current state of the iTool can be saved as an iTools State isv file Whenever you close an iTool window you w
301. peser PES 78 E I I qo E 79 Contents iTool User s Guide FS I TI MOULIN 81 Test AIDE n ee Gee tero Dee he m retro nOD dp ees 81 Line ANTOtANODS C 82 seriis uns LII MEC 83 Oval IIT MIU 83 Polvban du BOR ei etre Rente en Pe peat nece east xxr pep expone tubis teneret bue 84 Freehand JUDOTIDONS ees cese tete etre Her gla eed eene Fede eed EE e aaia 85 Additional Aes ccaslesivccevssevsesscutscushecssuede waves snnccewacausteesvaccevanaentisrucsdauesoasvtaseeey 86 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers eee 87 Br OUI ciu ee i er rte o Dr e P hse ertt eines cea 88 Property SREE E 89 Visualization Property Sheels iseci onoi iiias s 90 Operations Proper Seele Lia ine be da echte ome duci er eee 91 The Xisualisatoh BEOWSOE ei iiey Eeen EEEE EEEE EENE EEEE EEEE ER 92 The Operations DEONSEE Leine tee teer ER Era ene iei Eiei EE E aaas 95 The Preferences donor m 97 B T dT MM 98 IgE E 100 Pile Wiens E 105 Chapter 7 ln ro I X YX 111 lripisisie MD HO 112 b nuoc y Mr C T 113 File Cera e iiie cei dime ee ee ott ore pit noi a e eee n 115 Opemig PIR S 115 Importing Variables and Piles iiiter tte tnmen het dte cisi
302. ping points on the earth s surface expressed in latitude and longitude to points on a plane according to one of several possible map projections You can apply a map projection before or after you import image or contour data into the iMap tool To do so select Operations gt Map Projection This command opens the Map Projection dialog shown in Figure 15 1 l Map Projection Lx Map Projection Map Projectio Description True Mercator Clarke 1866 False easting meters False northing meters Standard parallel 1 deg Map projection Cancel Figure 15 1 The Map Projection Dialog You can apply a map projection to another iTool as well If you do the tool will adapt to expose iMap functionality including the iMap operations and the Map panel Table 1 shows the common projection properties Name Description Description Description of the map projection Table 1 Common Map Projection Properties Applying a Map Projection iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 319 Name Description Show dialog Show this dialog before executing the Map Projection operation Projection Name of the map projection Ellipsoid datum Semimajor and minor axes that define the ellipsoid Semimajor axis Length of the semimajor axis in meters for the reference ellipsoid Semiminor axis Length of the semiminor axis in meters for the re
303. playback begins In the second case the macro s first item is a Selection Change operation with the Selection Type property set to No Items De Select All When you play back the macro the current selection is cleared before additional macro items are processed You can create this type of macro if you want it to work on only specific objects or selections The macro would typically clear the selection and then select the particular objects and then operate on them About Containers The following discussion on the creation of these change operations and the properties of the operation introduces the concept of a container and position in the container These concepts apply to both selection and tool changes with some differences in the details For both changes the term container is a generic term for one of the iTools objects that contains other objects In relation to selection changes the commonly referenced containers are the Data Space the Annotation Layer and the Window The Data Space contains visualizations that can be referenced by their position in the container If you use the Visualization Browser to look at the visualization hierarchy you can see that the order of the visualizations within the tree view represents their iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 168 Chapter 8 Working with Macros positions in the container This arrangement is also true of annotations within the Annotation Layer You c
304. porting Macros on page 174 for details Export Exports the selected macro to an external file See Importing and Exporting Macros on page 174 for details Table 8 1 The File Menu Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 147 Menu i Function Selection Save Saves all macros to external IDL SAVE files with names based on the macro names Close Closes the Macro Editor prompting you to save any unsaved macro changes Table 8 1 The File Menu Continued The Edit menu shown in Table 8 2 contains tools for editing deleting duplicating and moving items within the macro and source trees Menu i Function Selection Cut Copies the selected item to an internal clipboard and removes the item from the tree Copy Copies the selected item to an internal clipboard Paste Pastes the contents of the internal clipboard into the tree Delete Deletes the selected item without making a copy If the selected item is a SetProperty item and the last selection was in the macro property sheet this action deletes selected properties from the SetProperty item If the last selection was in the macro tree the whole SetProperty item is deleted Duplicate Duplicates the selected item Move Item Up Moves the selected item up one position in the tree Move Item Down Moves the selected item down one position in the tree Table 8 2 The Edit Menu The Run menu
305. possible results for that method The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog contains the following items Displaying Contours Number of points entered X Coordinates X coordinate range Y Coordinates Y coordinate range Data values Data values are shown here Spherical data checkbox Check to make data spherical Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox Select to show all points default is checked Help Obtain help on this dialog Back Return to previous step Next Proceed to Step 2 of 3 iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 251 e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard 6 Inthe Gridding Wizard Step 1 click Next to accept the interpolation of data values and locations The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 Choose your grid dimensions start and spacing X coordinates Dimension 25 1 04 T H pta ee Start 0 007468 oppo es 1 ju nieres f End 0 9950 dido eee Y coordinates NO E EE 0 64 a MEC SUD i ion 25 u rece vie d Di dies nena E Dimension a e Start 0 006890 LUE RESI UR EET pas O 4 Fame 5508 End 0 9946 ot Shiai oan Dee x Erosen Mc pP ae ee EE wol s L T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 I Show points Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 12 4 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step
306. properties of the selected parameter Help this button will invoke the help system Import Variable gives you the ability to select a variable to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data From the IDL Session on page 44 Import File gives you the ability to select data from a file to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a file into your Data Manager see Importing Data From a File on page 32 Insert Button this button will insert the specified visualization into the current i Tool Insert is only active if data is associated with all required parameters Dismiss this button will dismiss the dialog Select the visualization type from the visualization type drop down menu Next assign data in the dialog to the parameters of the visualization being inserted Now click Insert to finish inserting the visualization Visualization Creation Methods 60 Chapter 3 Visualizations Modifying Existing Visualizations Once you have created your visualization you can modify it as you wish Use the Parameter Editor to modify parameter data The Parameter Editor The Parameter Editor is very similar to the Insert Visualization dialog It shows the data tree view and parameter property sheet and parameter data types window If you have already created a visualization you can change the data associated with one or m
307. pth from the list Choose between these values Automatic 8 bit 24 bit Default Automatic Table 6 21 Portable Network Graphics File Writer Properties Tag Image File Format The Tag Image File Format File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a depth from the list Choose between these values Automatic e 8 bit 24 bit Default Automatic Compression String List Compression type Select a type from the list Choose between these values None Packbits e JPEG Default None Table 6 22 Tag Image File Format File Writer Properties The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 109 ASCII text The ASCII text File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Separator Enter a value Default None Use default Boolean Use default format Choose True or False format Default True Format string Number Enter a number to change the value Default G9 2 Binary data Table 6 23 ASCII Text File Writer Properties The Binary data File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Byte ordering String List Byte ordering type Select from the list Choose between these values Native Little endian Big endian Default Native iTool User s Guide Table 6 24 Binary Data File Writer Properties The Preferen
308. r Transparency of the text annotation from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 2D Annotation Layer Properties Table D 57 Text Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 471 Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for text annotation Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for text annotation Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the text annotation Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 57 Text Annotation Properties Continued iTool User s Guide 2D Annotation Layer Properties 472 Appendix D Visualization Properties Line Annotation Properties These properties control line annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the line annotation Select a line style from
309. r background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table D 64 Legend Properties Continued Legend Properties 484 Appendix D Visualization Properties Legend Contour Items The following are properties of the top level Contour legend item For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Show Levels Boolean Show contour levels in the legend Choose True or False Default True Text String Text that labels the contour object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font Text style String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the siz
310. r s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 387 Contour Properties Contour Properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage and iSurface only The following properties control the contour operation For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options N_LEVELS Number Set the number of contour levels Default 5 Value Number Set the contour value to use Default 0 Projection Boolean Choose the contour type Planar e 3D Default Planar iTool User s Guide Table C 27 Contour Properties Contour Properties 388 Appendix C Operations Properties Image Properties Image Properties appear on the Operations Browser for iSurface and iContour only Image has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Image Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 389 Surface Properties Surface Properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage and iContour only Surface has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Surface Properties 390 Appendix C Operations Properties Volume Properties Volume Properties appear on the Operation Browser for the iVolume tool only Image Plane Image Plane has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Isosurf
311. rcentage from the list e To increase magnification choose a percentage greater than 100 e To decrease magnification choose a percentage less than 100 2 Select 100 to return to the default magnification View Zoom View Zoom increases or decreases magnification at a specific point in the iTool Ian e window This is similar to moving the observer s eye closer to or farther away from the object The two ways to view zoom are using the view zoom button or by using the view zoom pull down menu To use the view zoom button 1 Click Zoom on the toolbar to enter Zoom mode 2 Position the mouse pointer on the viewplane The pointer changes to a zoom pointer 3 Doeither of the following e Drag the zoom pointer toward the top of the iTool window to enlarge the display e Drag the zoom pointer toward the bottom of the iTool window to make the display smaller Zooming iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 75 4 Click on the arrow Select button to leave Zoom mode and return to Select mode The mouse pointer changes to an arrow pointer In Select mode dragging the arrow pointer positions the zoomed image The view zoom combobox is located just to the right of the view zoom manipulator button on the toolbar and always reports the zoom factor of the currently selected view You can also use this combobox to set a requested zoom factor for the currently selected view by simply using the pull down m
312. receperit p renda 270 bit deci US 270 Chapter 13 Loi c AM PIOUS ic sinctcaictsd tends ecansidantnswapstananecsnsastsneaasnacseumsasessacuananes 271 pres cr M 272 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots cei resisite eai 273 Displaying Thiec Dimensional PIOLS eet retard re re eite re cett ia 275 Displaying Polar Plots nannte itae oed ete riu eiae ee eet E 276 MRE OREN A T E A E EE E 277 ESE E MEE 279 Modifying PIOPIO scierie tren eere tcn etre re ata ETE T EAEN 279 Ading Lenni oeeie 280 Adding a COMMER c J 282 Palda POr DS ANN Seduss vated RENEE E EEEE EE EE bynes adestans 283 Ea i AEE E E viata Ameer 286 Filtering uc M G 280 ld meo diii RC 280 Plot Convolullol aie ee erae eterne E tibi ee aE 290 i9 ro c 290 Manipulating the Plot Display re rne temet teer einer eerte EAT Oia 291 Wipe SAI afc sce a 291 PNM ANTONE NNNM 291 Li PO m 292 Contents iTool User s Guide eon eg C 292 selectae ine Data Kahin onie iem re td eite pide eios E Pelis 292 JPiot Tool Operations ie cse betreten eire i LC E eie i RH EHE i 293 Sealing a Plat Dosplus 2 ocdacee tei ete rei e tie 293 Wiens NW rri MT E 293 hao reri do C m 293 Chapter 14 Working 1 hl Me
313. reen Blue X EditMode Freehand Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined R G EnA iv iv iv lv Display iw i iv hM Mody 0K Cancel XY Shadow Boolean Show XY shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide YZ Shadow Boolean Show YZ shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide XZ Shadow Boolean Show XZ shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide Visualization Type Properties Table D 38 Plot 3D Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 415 Property Control Type Values Color Color Color for the plot line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the plot line Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the plot line Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 2 0 2 Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color
314. refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Image Palette User Defined By selecting Edit Color gt Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values Table D 36 Image Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 407 Property Control Type Values Interpolation String List Method used for interpolating the image Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest Neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Bilinear Create a weighted average based on the nearness and brightness of the closest four pixels and assign that value to the pixel in the output image Default Nearest Neighbor Z value Number z value 3D data must be present to enable Z value Default 0 Pixel size x Number Pixel size for x value Default 1 Pixel size y Number Pixel size for y value Default 1 Origin x Number Origin point for x value Default 0 Origin y Number Origin point for y value Default 0 Units Number Number of units Default None Image Number Transparency of the image 0 100 Move the transparency slider to change the value Default 0 no transparency Note The transparency is changed by adding an alpha channel to the image If your image has an
315. rientation of an image plane by double clicking on the image plane to bring up the property browser You can also click on the edge of the plane and move it to various other points in the volume data File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oeae l l slee w 5 a To AlNlololelo T Auto Render NS Quality C Low textures 7 N Boundary N Solid walls s Render Step TT Ie Translate 836511 Figure 14 5 Image Plane of a Rendered Volume Viewing the Image Plane in ilmage Image plane data is available in Data Manager and can be utilized in the iImage tool for closer image analysis The image plane image data is always a four channel RGBA truecolor image To view your image plane in ilmage from the iVolume tool select Operations Image Plane Launch ilmage iTool User s Guide Showing an Image Plane 308 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Extracting an IsoSurface An isosurface is a set of polygons drawn in the volume to represent a surface that has a specific constant value the isovalue An isosurface cannot be translated scaled or rotated relative to the volume but does move with the volume To create an isosurface select Operations Volume Isosurface and iVolume displays a dialog allowing you to specify the isovalue If the volume is multi channel you can select a channel and set its isovalue i Isosurface Yalue Selector x 4 gt Decimate of original surface
316. ription field is updated with the description of the selected macro The Display Intermediate Steps option is set based on the value of the macro property of the same name Set it to display each step of the macro as it runs or clear it to prevent any updates of the display until the macro is complete Running from the Macro Editor You can run macros from within the Macro Editor by doing the following 1 Inthe macro tree panel top left select the macro to run 2 Select Run Run Macro The macro runs on the selected visualization or visualizations in the active i Tool For more information see Using the Macro Editor on page 145 iTool User s Guide Running Macros 144 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Running from the Command Line You can also apply macros in a non interactive situation by running them from the IDL command line The iTools routines such as IPLOT have a MACRO NAMES keyword that you can set when calling them For example you can enter the following at the command line if you have a macro named plotmacro already defined IPLOT RANDOMU 1 20 MACRO_NAMES plotmacro This command creates a simple two dimensional plot of 20 randomly generated data points and then applies the plotmacro macro to it The keyword can take either a single string as in the example above or an array of strings In the latter case the macro names are retrieved and run sequentially at the conclusion of the iTool s action
317. rking with Contours Introduction Introduction The IDL iContour tool allows you interactive access to contour data You may visualize contours and then modify and manipulate those contours in the ways that you need The IDL iContour tool displays your data as contours and allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing these contours The iContour tool can be used for irregular or regular grid data Irregularly grid data arranged as three fields three one dimensional vectors are gridded by a Gridding Wizard if this data is imported into the iTool Regular grid data arranged as a two dimensional array is directly imported To use iContour from the IDL Command Line type iContour An empty iContour tool appears You can then import contour data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing contour data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see ICONTOUR in the IDL Reference Guide manual The iContour tool can be launched in the following ways e Atthe IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments and keywords e Through the File New Visualization iContour menu option in the IDL Development Environment e Through the File New iContour menu option in an existing iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 247 Displayi
318. rmation on adding axes see Additional Axes on page 86 in Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Imaging a Surface 233 You can insert an image of your surface data by using Operations gt Image An image visualization of your original surface data is then displayed with your original surface visualization For example at the IDL command line 1 Enter iSurface DIST 10 2 Now select Operations Image SN IDL iSurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Jo case lelle w offi ler a foe AlN olole e 4 image ROIs OJO e Pixel Location Pixel Value Pixel Scale Edit Palette Channet 7 I Link All E A Max 7 07107 Min Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 187332 Figure 11 3 Surface Visualization with Image Added iTool User s Guide Imaging a Surface 234 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Contouring a Surface Contour lines can be drawn directly on a surface to provide information about the levels of the surface such as elevation Two types of contours can be applied multiple level contour operations that apply to the surface in general and single level contour objects applied at a specific location on the surface To add contour lines to a surface 1 Select the surface in the iTools window For example select the isurfdemo dat surface data previou
319. ro containing the modified operation e g an object rotating further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values View Zoom Operation Item The View Zoom operation stores the zoom percentage from an interactive zoom manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the View Zoom manipulator from the iTools toolbar Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 165 Table 8 7 shows the View Zoom operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Zoom Zoom Percentage Zoom percentage on the selected object Table 8 7 View Zoom Operation Property Values Because the zoom percentage is relative to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify this property in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object zooming further in than desired Be careful with estimating this value Range Change Operation Item The Range Change operation stores the changes to the dataspace range from interactive range zoom range pan and range box manipulators This operation lets the macro system record and play back changes made with the Data Range manipulator from the iTools toolbar the graph icon Table 8 8 shows the Range Change
320. rom a data file or from the IDL session From a File allows you to select a data file to import From an IDL Variable allows you to select an IDL variable to import For more information on importing a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data From the IDL Session on page 44 2 Select the data and specify a data name If you are importing data from a file the second screen of the Data Import Wizard contains the following items File Name The full path of the file want to open You can populate this field using a standard dialog by clicking the File Open button File Open button ol Displays the standard file selection dialog File Type After a file is selected the File Type field displays the format of the file Type Properties Window After a file is selected the properties window shows properties of the file reader that will import the data if any exist Modify these properties as necessary to import your data correctly Note For more information about file format types that are available in iTools see File Readers in Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager Importing some types of data files may cause IDL to present additional screens that describe the data before import e For image data see Importing Image Data on page 32 e For ASCII data see Importing ASCII Data on page 32
321. roperties of the legend container which can contain multiple legend items of different types The individual legend types are described in Legend Contour Items on page 484 Legend Contour Level Items on page 485 Legend Plot Items on page 487 Legend Surface Items on page 488 Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 481 Property Control Type Values Location String List Position of the legend within the iTool window Select a location from the list Choose from these values Top Right User Specified Top Left Top Center Bottom Left Bottom Center Bottom Right Default Top Right Layout String List Arrange the legend elements in columns or rows Select a layout from the list Choose from these values Columns Rows Default Columns Sample width Number Width in normalized units of the element sample that appears in the legend box Range 0 0 to 0 5 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 15 Horizontal Number Space in normalized units between samples and text spacing in the legend box Range 2 0 0 to 0 25 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 02 Vertical spacing Number Space in normalized units between lines in the legend box Move the slider to change the value Default 0 02 Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values De
322. rrent pixel Eight neighbor searching searches all neighboring pixels Choose from these values 4 neighbor 8 neighbor Default 4 neighbor Table C 26 Region Grow Operation Properties iTool User s Guide Region Grow Properties 386 Appendix C Operations Properties Property Control Type Options Threshold to use String List Specifies the threshold values to use Choose from these values Source ROl Image threshold Base the threshold values on the pixel values in the currently selected region Explicit Specify the threshold values using the Threshold minimum and Threshold maximum properties Default Source ROI Image threshold Threshold Number The explicitly specified minimum threshold value minimum Default 0 Threshold Number The explicitly specified maximum threshold value maximum Default 256 Standard Number The number of standard deviations to use if the deviation region growing method is By standard deviation Default 1 multiplier For an RGB A String List If the image has separate color channels use the image use selected channel when growing the region Choose from these values Luminosity Luminosity values Red Channel Red values Green Channel Green values Blue Channel Blue values Alpha Channel Transparency values Default Luminosity Table C 26 Region Grow Operation Properties Continued Region Grow Properties iTool Use
323. rties iTool User s Guide Map Projection Properties 382 Appendix C Operations Properties Map Register Image Properties The map projection functionality displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections See Chapter 15 Working with Maps for details on how to use mapping functionality Map Register Image has the following configurable properties Property Control Type Options Origin x Number Set the longitudinal minimum in degrees Default 0 End x Number Set the longitudinal maximum in degrees Default 0 Pixel size x Number Set the longitudinal pixel size in degrees Default 0 Origin y Number Set the latitudinal minimum in degrees Default 0 End y Number Set the latitudinal maximum in degrees Default 0 Pixel size y Number Set the latitudinal pixel size in degrees Default 0 Map Register Image Properties Table C 23 Map Register Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 383 Morphing Properties Morphing is available for ilmage iSurface and iContour Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Six morphing options are available for use in iTools dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat All six options share the same properties See Morphing on page 130 in Chapter 8 Common Operations
324. rty Minor ticks Figure 8 1 A Macro in the iTools Macro Editor This figure shows an example macro called New Macro composed of several operations and property settings Operations in this macro change the selection and apply the smooth operation Property settings change the color and minor ticks properties iTool User s Guide What Are Macros 140 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Macro information is stored in one or more macro files located on your system Macros are stored in IDL SAVE files Macros are stored in a subdirectory of the user s idl directory When you create a new macro within an iTool it will automatically be saved in the specified location Note Macro information is never stored along with an iTool What Are Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 141 Recording Macros You can create macros in two ways e Using the recording functionality in the iTools Operations Macros menu described in this section e Using the Macro Editor described in Using the Macro Editor on page 145 To record a macro 1 Start an iTool 2 Select Operations Macros Start Recording which puts the iTools system into recording mode 3 Select operations or set properties as desired to create the macro 4 Select Operations Macros Stop Recording to complete the recording Putting the iTools system into recording mode creates a new macro folder in the macro registry using a unique name ba
325. s These tools rotate the entire data space Note Special consideration should be given when attempting to rotate a graphic image object within ilmage See for more details Mouse Rotation To rotate a 3 D object with the mouse 1 Select the object in the iTool window 2 Click Rotate 15 on the toolbar to enter Rotate mode The rotation sphere consisting of circular x y and z dimension axes is displayed around the object as illustrated in Figure 7 2 and Figure 7 3 3 3 D objects can be constrained to rotate only along one of the three displayed axes or they can be rotated freely Rotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 119 e To rotate an object along an axis position the mouse pointer on the axis The constrained rotation pointer th is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object along the selected axis Figure 7 2 Rotating a 3 D Object iTool User s Guide Rotation 120 Chapter 7 Common Operations e To rotate an object freely position the mouse pointer anywhere on the object The free rotation pointer is displayed Drag in any direction to rotate the object in that direction File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osaa Ol le Is ol p SI foes aAlNlololele Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 7 3 Free Rotation 4 Click or select Edit Undo to undo the rotation or click to leave rotate
326. s This action follows the creation of the iTool and if applicable any visualization created by the command Note ___ Ss s SSSSSSSSSSSsSSsSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS For more information on the MACRO_NAMES keyword see the iTools routine commands in the IDL Reference Guide Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros Using the Macro Editor 145 You can use the Macro Editor to modify existing macros and create new macros The Macro Editor is launched automatically after you record a macro interactively You can also launch the Macro Editor at any time by selecting Operations Macros gt Macro Editor from any iTool The Macro Editor is a system wide dialog shared by all current iTools Closing all current iTools does not close the Macro Editor Sil iTools Macro Editor File Edit Run Help Macros Be E SetProperty Color D d Sample Macro Jm Selection Change 2 SetProperty Color Smooth din Selection Change m X SetProperty Minor ticks a Image Transform 3 Plot Line History 59 PLOT TOOL Closed 1 Sy IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 a Stop Recording diy Selection Change fa Start Recording ig Open Invert Image Rotate Smooth a Stop Recording IMAGE TOOL zy Visualizations E Annotations zy Macro Tools h 7 T gia Description
327. s To do this 1 From the Style Editor select File Export and name the file then save it into a directory as a style file sav 2 This file can then be saved to a disk or sent via E mail FTP etc to another user Importing a Received File You can import a saved style file To do this 1 From the Style Editor select File Import and locate the desired file 2 Click Open 3 The style should now appear in your style listing in the iTools Style Editor iTool User s Guide Importing and Exporting Styles 196 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Importing and Exporting Styles iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the Image iTool InttGUue OE oie ae ee RR 198 Displaying Images 199 Using the Image Panel 203 Image Properties neo ca seme 206 Adding a Colorbar uus 207 Adm ARGS osos oce RELIER REe 208 Resampling anImage 209 iTool User s Guide Filtering an Image 2 cce 210 Applying a Morphological Operator 212 Contouring an Image 213 Surfacing an Image 1 0 cae es 215 Manipulating the Image Display 216 ilmage Tool Operations 221 197 198 Chapter 10 Working with Images Introduction The IDL ilmage tool displays your data in image form The ilmage tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing image data To use ilmage from the IDL Command Line
328. s Browser contains default property values used by all iTools You can assign a personal style or any of the System Styles as the default iTools style preference The default setting is none To set a default style 1 Select File Preferences 2 Select General Settings 3 Select the desired style from the Default Style field drop down list S Preferences Settings H File Readers H File Writers Restore Defaults General Settings Default drag quality i Default working directory x General Settings General iT ool Setting True 100 False True lt None gt MyNewStylel NewTextStylel IDL Classic IDL Standard OK Cancel Help Figure 9 11 Selecting the Default Style Once a default style is set when a new iTool is started the Current Style will contain a set of default values That is the default style is read into the Current Style Note Because a default style is applied over the IDL system default settings a default style does not need to include properties for all visualization types Setting the Default Style iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 195 Importing and Exporting Styles You can use the Styles import export functionality to share style files between yourself and other users Exporting a File to Share You can save export a style file to a place on your system to then share with other user
329. s acting upon the ROI vertices are e Rotate right left or by a specified angle e Flip horizontal or vertical Region grow Operations on Regions of Interest iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the iTool macros TOJU LOB ook e eal ae ca eee 138 What Are Macros 0 0000 139 Recording Macros 20000 141 Running Macros iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 145 Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 155 Making Selection and Tool Changes 167 Importing and Exporting Macros 174 137 138 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Introduction Introduction The macros in IDL iTools provide a shortcut mechanism that lets you quickly and automatically repeat a sequence of operations You can record a series of actions in one iTool or several iTools save the series as a macro and then apply it to a new set of data to save you from having to repeat the actions manually This chapter discusses the following areas e More information about macros see What Are Macros on page 139 e Recording macros see Recording Macros on page 141 e Running macros see Running Macros on page 142 Editing macros see Using the Macro Editor on page 145 e Making selection and tool changes within a macro see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 167 e Importing and exporting macros see Importing and Exporting Macros on page 174 iTool User s
330. s enean ae 322 Displaying an DOSE Lui ete cie ert ite iet ein re tete rr Re redial 324 BOpodobnp 2n EGGS 2o nein ine rr rer nm be Eb breue 325 Resistor an Image un Motong cai ee getreten pea E bet ee ete iustus 327 Registering an Image qu Degrees i cies ede treten sities reete inet ede e brennen 330 Displaying diri DR aiii E E EE A 332 Creanne Shape VISION inerte a EEE EEEREN EEEE NA 333 Diseria a Map Ouid icuieueeenek etenim erred dab a ana 334 Inserting an IDL Shapetile n Decet ete atre rb eerie edie 335 Inserting the C ones iussis eer d tie betreibt ea PES e re eate gwa Fita tpa 335 Inserting the Countries Low Resolution esee enne 336 Inserting the Countries High Resolution 2er ttr te tete gez 336 Inserting the RIVERS iue ed ees irt ice eren Ere er et enel 337 Inserting the Lakes a eR tectae ere ee pei Lee EE Ee erbe Ge Gode 338 csse Bini rir Mp 339 inserting the atiadian Provinces 12e eise pecie no mesi b etus 340 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference eese ieninna 343 JELTE aE NAOT E 344 Poteet By ae UCAS em 344 pb ro A M cadens 344 gione E 345 Edit Meni T 347 ID crum MC 350 OperdBons MIGBIE sesio eere eet e tte etre c eie ai iets 351 Window Ment M 354 Help rn MM AE 355
331. s in the iTool window or select a preset arrangement of views with the Window Layout dialog Dimensions pixels Width feso Preview Height 600 Columns 2 Rows Figure 7 1 Window Layout Tool Note If you are in Freeform mode canvas size can also be changed interactively by dragging the corners or sides of the iTool window To change the minimum size of the canvas displayed in the iTool window 1 Select Window Layout 2 Edit the pixel values in the Width and Height text boxes Default Width 512 Height 384 A preview of the shape of the new canvas size is displayed in the Preview window 3 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes To change the number of views displayed 1 Select Window Layout 2 Select Gridded from the Layout list 3 Edit the number of columns and rows in the Grid text boxes Default 1 by 1 iTool User s Guide Window Layouts 114 Chapter 7 Common Operations 4 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes To select a preset arrangement of views 1 Select Window gt Layout 2 Select from the following arrangements in the Layout list 1x1 Gridded Trio Left Inset Trio Right Trio Top Freeform Trio Bottom 3 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes Window Layouts iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common O
332. s of the Insert menu vary from iTool to iTool Menu Selection Function Visualization Inserts a new visualization into the current window See Inserting Visualizations on page 58 for details View Inserts a new view into the current window If the window is currently locked this menu item will be grayed out If the window is not locked the new view is added to the layout in the appropriate location depending on the currently active layout Dataspace Inserts data space useful when overplotting such as in iPlot AXIS Inserts a new axis Choose from these options e X inserts an additional X axis e Y inserts an additional Y axis e Z inserts an additional Z axis See Additional Axes on page 86 for details Legend Colorbar Inserts a legend for the data set or for the selected visualization s into the current window See Legends on page 79 for details Inserts a colorbar for the selected item Note Only available for indexed color images Additional items v ary depending on the iTool selected For example Light Inserts a new light into the current window See Lights in Appendix D for details Insert Menu Table A 3 The Insert Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 351 Operations Menu The Operations menu contains commands for performing operations on the selected data Contents of the Operations menu
333. s that are not in the standard menu system You can use these items to build macros Q History Visualizations Annotations BRET Macro Tools Am Selection Change E Tool Change Scale W Translate P View Pan Rotate Q View Zoom Tool Menus Figure 8 15 The Macro Editor s Macro Tools Folder The operations in this folder deal with selection changes tool changes and the Scale Translate View Pan Rotate View Zoom and Range Change manipulations For information on selection and tool changes see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 167 Scale Operation Item The Scale operation stores the scaling factors from an interactive scale manipulation Table 8 3 shows the Scale operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Scale X Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the x direction Y Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the y direction Z Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the z direction Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 163 Table 8 3 Scale Operation Property Values Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object scaled further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful wi
334. sed on New Macro as shown in the macro tree see The Macro Tree on page 148 If the New Macro folder already exists then the new name is New Macro 1 and so on until the system finds a uniquely numbered name You can change the macro s name when macro recording finishes At the end of recording IDL saves the completed macro and the Macro Editor opens Note that using the Stop Recording menu command is the only way to stop recording without exiting the iTools system Changing tools or closing the tool does not stop recording and a recording started in one i Tool will continue to other iTools You can select the Stop Recording command in any active iTool Note What you select in the iTools system before starting recording will dictate what happens when you run the completed macro For more information see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 167 iTool User s Guide Recording Macros 142 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Running Macros When you run a macro its operations apply to the item or items selected in the active iTool Noe For more information on a macro s application to the current selection see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 167 To run a macro do one of the following e From an iTool window select Operations gt Macros Run Macro e From the Macro Editor select the macro to run and then select Run Run Macro e At the IDL command line use the MACRO NAM
335. selecting Edit Undo crop or by reloading the original image data as a separate visualization Note CW If your original image contains any ROIs those that do not lie completely within the crop box will be lost in the new image ilmage Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to work with surfaces in the iSurface tool TNOUUCNOR coo eres 224 Displaying Surfaces 225 Surface Properties 205 227 Adding a Colorbar usu 229 Adding a Light s ola seas oda wae es 230 Adding Legend 2222 cere 231 Adding Axes oc ee cse res 232 iTool User s Guide Contouring a Surface 234 Resampling a Surface 236 Filtering a Surface ceri ccc eevee 237 Adding a Texture Map 238 Manipulating Surface Displays 239 iSurface Tool Operations 244 223 224 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Introduction Introduction The IDL iSurface tool provides interactive access to surface data You can visualize surfaces and then modify and manipulate those surfaces in the ways that you need The following sections describe how surfaces can be displayed modified and manipulated in iSurface To use iSurface from the IDL Command Line type iSurface An empty iSurface tool appears You can then import surface data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing surface data see
336. sine plot we have already created 1 Select Operations gt Filter gt Curve Fitting 2 The Curve Fitting dialog appears Curve fitting model A z faunic z A Bx Cx D Ex Fx Initial parameters and results 08 A o zi fos7ossast He B 05 4 foosssats2 0 4 c fos focoora12a72 02 p fas 2375005 o9 E o5 6 50943976 04 E fos nse 06 0 50 100 150 Chi square 10 422153 0 000000 OK Cancel Figure 13 10 The Curve Fit Dialog with Curve Fitting Model Choices The Curve Fitting dialog contains the following fields e Curve fitting model used to select the type of model used to try to fit a curve to the data Initial parameters and results used to specify the initial values of the parameters of the model used to fit a curve to the data and to display the resulting values of these parameters for the model selected in the Curve fitting model drop down list The initial values are specified in the text iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 287 iTool User s Guide boxes on the left side and the results are shown in the labels on the right side Equation of the model shows the equation of the model used to try to fit a curve to the data This model is selected from the Curve fitting model Display of resulting fit graphically shows how well the model specified by the Curve fitting model drop down menu and the Initial parameters text boxes fits the data
337. sly visualized 2 Select Operations Contour 3 The Contour dialog appears shown below allowing you to adjust contour setting including N LEVELS Set the number of contouring levels Value Set the contour value to use Projection Choose the contour type Planar or 3D l Contour Eg Contour Description Show dialog True Number of levels Value Projection Planar Cancel Figure 11 4 The Contour Dialog 4 After making any contour property changes select OK to contour your surface Contouring a Surface iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 235 5 Contour lines are applied to the surface at the interval specified in the contour dialog gN IDL iSurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help De aS x B e w OL fie a fo AlN olole e Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 717 578 Figure 11 5 Surface with Contours Added To adjust the properties of the contour double click the contour in the iTool window or in the Visualization Browser to display the Contour property sheet For information on the contour properties see Contour in Appendix D Visualization Properties To insert a contour object at a specific location on a surface l 2 3 iTool User s Guide Select a surface in the iSurface window Click the Surface Contour button 9 in the Manipulator toolbar Click the lev
338. splay rows Edit the remaining line by clicking on and dragging the line in the window Click OK when finished Color amp Opacity Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color Table 1 table to manipulate plot color values Table D 42 Volume Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 429 Property Control Type Values Subvolume String Edit Sub Volume Extents Auto render Boolean Automatically render the volume each time the window is redrawn Choose True or False Default False Quality String List Quality of the volume Choose between these values Low texture maps High volume Default Low Boundary String List Boundary around the volume Choose between these values Off Wire frame Solid walls Default Solid walls iTool User s Guide Table D 42 Volume Properties Continued Visualization Type Properties 430 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Boundary Number Percent transparency of the boundary around the transparency volume wire frame or solid walls Move slider to change value Default 2 90 Render step X Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the x direction Default 1 Render step Y Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the y direction Default 1 Render step
339. st reapply the style When the Update current tool style checkbox is selected on the Apply Style dialog the Current Style is updated Any properties set in the style you have just applied are also changed in the Current Style Other properties are left unchanged Any new visualizations added from that point on will have the updated style applied Applying a style modifies only applicable items If the style does not contain any properties that are relevant to the selected item or visualization no changes are made to the visualization Noe Selecting Edit Undo Redo will completely undo the application of a style If a style is applied and Undo is selected all properties changed by the style revert to their pre application values Applying a Style to a Selected Item You can apply a style to selected items in a visualization For example 1 From the IDL Command Line again visualize the simple line graph iPlot RANDOMU seed 30 2 Using your mouse highlight and select the plot line by clicking on the line 3 Next choose Edit Style Apply Style iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 186 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 4 The Apply Style dialog appears as shown in the following figure here you can select your preferred style to be applied to the plot item x IDL Classic IDL Standard MyNewStylel NewTextStyle Apply to selected items Apply to all items in view v Update current tool
340. style Help Cancel Figure 9 5 The Apply Style Dialog 5 After selecting your preferred style here MyNewStylel has been selected choose Apply to selected items so that the style changes will only be made to the selected item MyNewStyle1 was created to contain properties to change line color plot symbol type and axis color Because Apply to selected items is selected and not Apply to all items in view you can expect that the axes will remain their original color black Note If a particular existing style does not contain style information for an item that you have selected for instance if a style does not contain text information and you have selected a text item no changes will be made to that item when the style is applied Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 187 6 Click OK and your style changes will be visualized as shown in the following figure z lni xi File Edi Insert Operations Window Help olea ele v ole Fors A S a o o M Pot T 0 8 0 6 0 4 Lo bur Fie Edi Insert Operations Window Help 0 2 Cid lt le Pe obl pp tT yy Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box o o P Oo mnrpeeepe TIT EC cra o o o io Translate 275971 Figure 9 6 iPlot Window Before background and After foreground Style Selection Application
341. sualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 455 Lights IDL iSurface Visualization Browser BB window Ambient Light EO View_1 i Ambient Light Visualization Layer i 6p Data Space Q Lights Ambient 4 Ambient Light 1 Q Directional Light i 06 Light 2 i Annotation Layer 1 255 255 255 True i Cone angle 60 i Focus attenuation Figure D 33 Visualization Browser with Light Properties Displayed Lights properties control the lighting of the data space These properties are available only for 3 D Surface and Volume visualizations Three types of lights can be configured through the Lights properties Ambient Light Light 1 from above and Light 2 from below Each type of light has the same set of properties as described in Table D 50 iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 456 Appendix D Visualization Properties For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Type String List Type of light source for this light Select a type of light from the list Choose from these options Ambient Universal light source with no direction or position An ambient light illuminates every surface in the scene equall
342. t from which to determine the next in container If the currently selected object is the last in the container this operation wraps to the beginning when selecting the next in container iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 170 Making Selection and Tool Changes Chapter 8 Working with Macros Property Value Description Previous in Container Applies macro to the previous object in the container based on the currently selected object or objects in the container If multiple objects in the container are selected the object with the lowest position index is used as the starting point from which to determine the previous in container If the currently selected object is the first in the container this operation wraps to the end when selecting the previous in container By Identifier Applies macro to the object indicated by the Item Identifier property All Items Applies macro to all items in all containers No Items De select All Applies macro to no items requires a Selection Change operation in the macro to select an object Table 8 9 Selection Type Property Values As Table 8 9 indicates several Selection Change properties deal with containers for more information see About Containers on page 167 For example if the Container property is set to Data Space a Selection Change operation with a Selection Type property of All in Container selects all visuali
343. t visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 444 Appendix D Visualization Properties particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex Colors Color Table Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values amp Palette Editor x L dowa oe dowa oe 0 0 0 ze Ej sj ad 1 Color Space RedGreenBue gt EditMode Freehand v Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined Histogram binsize Number Set histogram binsize Default 1 Color Color Color to be used for the plot lines RGB values are assigned or you may edit your color Default varies Line style Line Style Style of the colorbar lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Table D 47 Histogram Container Properties Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 445 Property Control Type Values Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the colorbar lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Minimum value Number Minimum histogram value Enter a number Default varies Maximum value Number Maximum histogram value
344. ta S IDL iImage Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer fg Data Space 4 Image Parameters iE Axes Annotation Layer Data Space Data Space Data Space True Automatic 1 0 7 No projection click to edit 0 600 0 600 True True False False False mooo No line 1 True 255 255 200 100 Data Space Figure D 19 Visualization Browser with Data Space Properties Displayed iTool User s Guide Data Space Properties 404 Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control the visualization of the data space For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Isotropic scaling Scaling method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Automatic automatic scaling sotropic isotropic scaling Anistropic anistropic scaling Default Automatic Anistropic 2D scale Presentation scale factor applied along Y axis Anistropic 3D scale Presentation scale factor applied along Z axis Map projection Default 2 No projection click to edit X Minimum String Minimum value for X coordinate of data set X Maximum
345. tem clipboard Paste Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view Delete Grouping Group Ungroup Deletes the currently selected item s without putting a copy on the local or system clipboards Deletion can be reversed with Undo Grouping gives you the advantage of allowing desired items to operate together and be manipulated as a single unit Groups the currently selected items into a single unit If the selected item is currently a group then it is ungrouped Note You cannot group items across separate visualization and annotation layers Order Context Menu Table A 11 The Context Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 361 Menu Selection Description Bring To Front Brings the selected item s to the front of the graphics Send To Back hierarchy Sends the selected item s to the back of the graphics Bring Forward i hierarchy Send Backward Bring the selected item s forward one position in the graphics hierarchy Send the selected item s back one position in the graphics hierarchy Export to IDL Exports the currently selected item s to your IDL session Parameters Brings up the parameter editor for the currently selected item s Properties Brings up the property sheet for the currently selected item s
346. ter nVerts 30 x FINDGEN nVerts 10 y SIN x 2 1 25 Z Xx err FLTARR 2 nVerts err 0 RANDOMU seed nVerts err 1 RANDOMU seed nVerts 2 Plot the error bars in the iPlot window with 3D plot and name the plot 3D Plot with Error Bars iPlot x y Z COLOR 0 0 255 THICK 2 ERRORBAR COLOR 255 0 0 XERROR err 2 YERROR err 5 ZERROR err b Adding Error Bars iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 285 NAME 3D Plot with Error Bars E IDL iPlot Mi E3 File Edit Insert rations Window Help Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 13 9 3D Plot with Error Bars and Name For more information on error bar properties see Plot in Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Adding Error Bars 286 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Curve Fitting Curve Fitting Curve fitting is the process of finding various ways to fit a curve to a series of data points which best represents all points More specifically since data such as plot data is often given as values along a continuum you may wish at times to give estimates at points between values Curve fitting allows you to find intermediate estimates for these values Note LA For both 2D and 3D plots the curve fitting operation is performed on the X versus Y plot dimensions For example to fit a curve to the damped
347. ter 8 Working with Macros Rotate Name Rotate Description Rotate x Rotation Y Rotation 0 Z Rotation 90 Figure 8 6 Macro Editor s Macro Property Sheet Macro Item To see an individual macro item s properties click on the item in the macro tree The properties appear in the macro property sheet as shown in Figure 8 6 To change any of the properties click on a property in the sheet and make the modification you want You can modify any properties of macro items except for user defined properties which are not available for modification The Source Tree The source tree bottom left as shown in Figure 8 7 contains the following items that you can use for macro creation History items grouped by tool see History Items on page 157 Visualizations see Visualization Items on page 160 Annotations see Annotation Items on page 161 Macro tool items see Macro Tools Items on page 162 Tool menu items see Tool Menus Items on page 166 Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 151 Visualizations amp nnotations Macro Tools Tool Menus UE FE FE BE File Edit E Insert 3 Operations amp Operations Browser G Macros Statistics l Histogram Filter Rotate or Flip r3 mT t H D E Figure 8 7 Ma
348. th Map Grid Object Properties Displayed These properties control map grid object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Longitude minimum deg Number Minimum longitude in degrees to include in the grid Longitude maximum deg Number Maximum longitude in degrees to include in the grid Latitude minimum deg Number Minimum latitude in degrees to include in the grid Latitude maximum deg Number Maximum latitude in degrees to include in the grid Longitude spacing Number Longitude grid spacing in degrees Table D 52 Property Settings for Map Grid iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 462 Visualization Type Properties Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Latitude spacing Number Latitude grid spacing in degrees Longitude lines User Defined Click to edit individual or all longitude line properties Click and Edit to display the Map Grid Lines dialog All grid lines Prime Meridian 0E Lon180W Lon 150W Lon120w Show True True True True Color mooo ooo ooo ooo ooo Line style Thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Transparency 0 0 0 0 0 Label Jime True True True True Label position 05 05 05 05 05 Use l
349. th estimating these values Translate Operation Item The Translate operation stores the translation in pixels in the x and y directions from an interactive translate manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the Translate manipulator from the iTools toolbar the Arrow icon Table 8 4 shows the Translate operation s properties Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Translate X Translation Number of pixels to move the selected object in the x direction Y Translation Number of pixels to move the selected object in the y direction Table 8 4 Translate Operation Properties Because the x y translation is relative to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object moving out of view Be careful with estimating these values View Pan Operation Item The View Pan operation stores the movement in pixels in the x and y directions from an interactive view pan manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the View Pan manipulator from the iTools toolbar the Hand icon Table 8 5 shows the View Pan operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to View Pan
350. than High quality mode but not as accurately High Done with the IDLgrVolume ray casting volume renderer This quality mode is CPU intensive and will usually take much longer than the Low quality mode Extents Since the volume is not always rendered iVolume drawswireframe volume extents to help you locate and select the volume You can select the volume by selecting on the iTool User s Guide Displaying Volumes 300 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes extents without rendering the volume By default iVolume draws a translucent solid cube with internal extents You can also select a wire frame or no extents within the visualization browser Note Use caution when turning off extents If extents are turned off and auto render is also off you may need to use the Visualization Browser to select the volume again Displaying Volumes iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 301 Using the Volume Panel The volume panel appears to the right of the visualization window of the iVolume tool This panel allows you to render and manipulate rendering properties The components and functions of the volume panel are discussed in the following figure and list iTool User s Guide Volume Name Volume Data Channels 1 Render Auto Render Quality Boundary Render Step xn A A a Figure 14 2 The Volume Panel Name The volume object s name if any Data Channels The volume s data c
351. the IDL Development Environment e Through the File New iPlot menu option in an iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 273 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots The iPlot tool s primary design is to display plot data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is plotted The iPlot tool can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display plot data Here is a simple example of how to display a plot At the IDL command line enter iPlot RANDOMU seed 20 S IDL iPlot Jol x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dee x g e Pe 5 e o A N a o ee L LL l L1 NT 4 L 0 5 10 15 d Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box t 42 312 Figure 13 1 A Simple 2D Plot Using the iPlot Tool iTool User s Guide Displaying Two Dimensional Plots 274 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Note The examples data directory of your IDL 6 1 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Two Dimensional Plots iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 275 Displaying Three Dimensional Plots iPlot can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays You can also display three dimensional plots Here is a simple examp
352. the currently selected dataspace Note Each projection has default longitude and latitude limits If you have not modified one of these limits the longitude and latitude minimum and maximum properties the Map Projection operation will automatically use its default limit However if you have modified one of these limits the Map Projection operation will use either your desired limit or the default limit whichever is smaller iTool User s Guide Applying a Map Projection 322 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Using the Map Panel The iMap tool has a Map panel Figure 15 2 that lets you manipulate the map display The panel also appears when you apply a map projection or shapefile into another iTool Map Image Location Lon 66 34 56 5906208 7 m Lat 34 38 0 4175485 8 m Data Value Longitude limits Min 180 Max fi 80 Latitude limits Min 30 Max 20 Edit Projection Figure 15 2 The Map Panel in the iMap Tool Using the Map Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 323 Table 3 describes the items on the Map panel Name Description Location Displays the following information e f no map projection is applied the cursor location in degrees longitude latitude or meters depending on the image units fa map projection is applied the cursor location in degrees longitude latitude and the corresponding Cartesian X Y or U V coordinates in meters Sensitive
353. the macro name property will be blank and should be set to the name of the desired macro to run If you try to run a macro containing a nested Run Macro operation you will get an error dialog if the macro name is invalid or the macro cannot be found iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 160 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Visualization Items The Visualizations folder shown in Figure 8 13 contains the visualizations that you can use in the iTools Visualizations hee Plot le Plot3D KA Surface ra Image Contour amp Volume B Isosurface Interval Volume Image Plane Plot Profile EH Colorbar l Histogram Light Data Space carton Es Figure 8 13 The Macro Editor s Visualizations folder Visualizations require data for their creation and so you cannot copy default items from this folder directly into a macro When you add a visualization to a macro from the Visualizations folder using the item Add button the Visualization operation appears as a macro item with the Show Dialog property set to True because you must define the visualization parameters interactively to define the data If you want to add a visualization without having to show the Insert Visualization dialog add an Insert Visualization operation from the History folder because that visualization already contains data You can select visualization items in the source tree to select their prop
354. the specific graphics object in the IDL Reference Guide for details Noe The behavior of IDL graphics objects imported into an iTool may not be the same as that of the corresponding iTool visualization While importing an existing graphics object into an iTool will often work you will generally obtain better results using an iTool visualization type Tip In order to display properties for a generic IDL graphics object in the iTool property sheet interface the graphics object must have been created with the REGISTER PROPERTIES keyword set If no properties are registered only the three standard 1Tool properties Name Description and Show will be present as displayed in the previous figure Visualization Type Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 461 Map Grid S IDL iMap Visualization Browser Bl window Map Grid 2 view 1 i Map Grid Visualization Layer E ipli Map Grid E Data Space 1 True f ilLongitude minimum deg 180 E Axes 1 Annotation Layer Longitude maximum deg 180 Latitude minimum dea 30 Latitude maximum deg 90 Longitude spacing 30 Latitude spacing I5 i Longitude lines S Click to edit Latitude lines Click to edit ooo Thickness i Transparency Map Grid Figure D 36 Visualization Browser wi
355. the wizard after the image is open and registered e g if you want to change the registering properties select Operations gt Map Register Image IDL Map Register Image Step 1 of 3 i wizard helps you register your image data onto a map projection Please choose the units for your image grid Meters georeferenced to a map projection C Degrees longitude latitude geographic coordinates Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 15 3 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 1 The coordinates are in either meters or degrees which units you choose for the translation can affect how the image appears in a map projection Selecting meters means that the image data have already been warped to a particular projection and you need to tell IDL which projection to use in displaying the image Selecting degrees on the other hand means that the image data are not already warped so you iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 326 Chapter 15 Working with Maps do not need to specify a map projection for the image It is important that you know in which units your data are to make the correct decision when registering the image for display The Map Register Image wizard reflects this difference between the units by having three steps for meters and two for degrees 1 Select the coordinate units 2 Set the pixel minimum maximum and size values 3 Meters only Specify the map projection to associate with the ima
356. ting ASCII Data When you open a file containing ASCII data you must specify the format of the file before the iTool can read the data and place it into the Data Manager The iTool opens the ASCII Template dialog to allow you to specify the format of the ASCII data Importing Data From a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 33 Note You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export ASCII data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 47 The following example opens an ASCII file using the ASCII Template 1 From the iTool window open an example file named sine waves txt from the examples data subdirectory of your IDL distribution You can open the file either by selecting File Open or by clicking the Import File button in the Data Manager or Insert Visualization dialog 2 The ASCII Template window is displayed ASCII Template Step 1 of 3 Define Data Type Range First choose the field type which best describes your data C Fixed Width fields are aligned in columns Delimited fields are separated by commas whitespace etc Comment String to Ignore Data Starts at Line fv Selected Text File Get next 50 lines C RSI IDL61 examples data sine_waves txt m Cancel lt lt Back Next gt gt Figure 2 5 The ASCII Template Step 1 Defining Data Type and Range The first step of the ASCII Te
357. tion window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar in Appendix D Visualization Properties Adding a Colorbar iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 283 Adding Error Bars Error bars are used to show uncertainty in data values These uncertainties may be caused by measurement errors or instrument noise and are usually specified in terms of standard deviations away from the data value For example to create a 2D plot with asymmetric error bars on the X and Y axes follow these steps 1 To set asymmetric error bars for X and Y with X bars initially hidden enter err FLTARR 2 10 err 0 FINDGEN 10 10 err 1 FLTARR 10 0 5 2 Plot the error bars in the iPlot window iPlot FINDGEN 10 COLOR 255 0 255 ERRORBAR COLOR 255 0 0 ERRORBAR CAPSIZE 0 25 X ERRORBARS 0 iTool User s Guide Adding Error Bars 284 Chapter 13 Working with Plots XERROR err YERROR err LISEZ Mi x Oo n m 4 LL Click on item to select or click amp drag selechon box Figure 13 8 2D Plot with Error Bars Also to create a 3D plot with asymmetric error bars on the X Y and Z axes 1 To set asymmetric error bars for a 3D plot en
358. titude in degrees of the second point HOM longitude 1 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the first point HOM longitude 2 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the second point IS longitudinal zones Intergerized Sinusoidal number of longitudinal zones IS row justify flag Integerized Sinusoidal flag that indicates what to do with rows with an odd number of columns The following values are allowed e 0 Indicates the extra column is on the right of the projection y axis Indicates the extra column is on the left of the projection y axis 2 Calculates an even number of columns Mercator scale Scale factor at the central meridian for the Transverse Mercator projection or the center of the projection for the Hotine Oblique Mercator projection NAD27 Zone name FIPS NAD27 State Plane Coordinate System Zone FIPSZone NAD83 Zone name FIPS NAD83 State Plane Coordinate System Zone FIPSZone OEA horizontal shape m Oblated equal area horizontal m shape parameter OEA vertical shape n Oblated equal area vertical n shape parameter OEA rotation angle deg Oblated equal area rotation angle in degrees SOM end of path flag Space Oblique Mercator Landsat end of path flag where 0 is the start and 1 is the end SOM inclination deg Space Oblique Mercator orbit inclination angle in degrees of the ascen
359. trol is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the rectangle outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the rectangle outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the rectangle outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill rectangle background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the rectangle background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 60 Rectangle Annotation Properties 2D Annotation Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 477 Oval Annotation Properties These properties control oval annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type
360. uide Rendering Translucent Objects 136 Chapter 7 Common Operations Operations on Regions of Interest A region of interest or ROD is an area that contains data you wish to identify An ROI can be drawn anywhere within your image and can be selected from rectangular elliptical polygonal and freehand region of interest buttons on the iImage Image Panel You can also apply operations to image data contained within an ROI area Some operations applied to ROIs affect the ROI data while others affect the ROI vertices Operations Modifying ROI Data If the operation acts on the pixel values of the underlying data the pixels that are contained within the ROI are changed as a result of the operation Pixel values outside of the ROI area remain unchanged but pixel values within the ROI are set to correspond with the pixel result of the chosen operation Examples of operations acting upon the ROI data are e Filter operations including Convolution Median Smooth Roberts and Sobel e Morphological operations e Transform operations including scaling and inverting data Operations Modifying ROI Vertices If the operation acts on the vertices of the ROI itself the vertices are changed as a result of the operation If the entire image is selected for an operation the ROI will follow the behavior of the entire image as the operation acts upon it If only the ROI is selected then only the ROI will respond to the operation Examples of operation
361. unka e EREEREER EEEE RENEE EEEREN EEEN EREE 403 Visualization Type Properties eei tete tee Feri edente be ree i oE 406 t M 406 2D Annotation Layer Propert Leno ette itera tte dae rte oc eee eed 469 Legend PROPOR WES scendere pee petita danda Dam e tee reta ae 480 o Ae 489 Contents iTool User s Guide This chapter introduces you to the new IDL iTools and aids in using this guide Introducing the iTools 16 Using this Guide cocer ema 18 iTool User s Guide 15 16 Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools Introducing the iTools The new IDL Intelligent Tools iTools are a set of interactive utilities that combine data analysis and visualization with the task of producing presentation quality graphics Based on the IDL Object Graphics system the iTools are designed to help you get the most out of your data with minimal effort They allow you to continue to benefit from the control of a programming language while enjoying the convenience of a point and click environment In IDL 6 1 six pre built iTools are exposed for immediate interactive use Each of these six tools is designed around a specific data or visualization type including e Two and three dimensional plots line scatter polar and histogram style e Surface representations e Contour data e Map data mage displays e Volume visualizations The iTools are bui
362. ur IDL 6 1 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Irregular grid Data Irregular grid data points are presented by three one dimensional vectors usually known as fields The following example shows one way of importing and displaying this type of data into the iContour tool The three fields contained within the irreg_grid1 txt ASCII file in the examples data directory is imported into IDL with the File Open option in the iContour tool This option uses the ASCII Template wizard to import the data which is then gridded into contour data with the Gridding Wizard The iContour tool then displays this data as contours Displaying Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 249 iTool User s Guide At the IDL Command Line enter ICONTOUR Select File Open from the pulldown menus of the empty iContour tool The Open dialog will appear Use the Open dialog to find and select the irreg grid1 txt file in the example data directory The ASCII Template wizard will appear The irreg_grid1 file contains three columns of data points These columns represent the x locations y locations and the elevation respectively of this data These columns are specified as three fields vectors of data with the ASCII Template wizard Click Next on the first and second step of the wizard then click Fi
363. vary from iTool to iTool meny Function Selection Operations Displays a hierarchical nested list of all tools in the menus and Browser toolbars See The Operations Browser on page 95 for details Macros Selections related to iTool s macros Run Macro Select to run a macro Start Recording Select to begin recording a macro Stop Recording Select to cease macro recording Macro Editor Select to bring up the Macro Editor dialog Statistics Computes the statistical properties of the selected item s and displays the results in a separate dialog See Displaying Statistics on page 132 for details Histogram Displays a histogram plot of the selected data See Plotting a Histogram on page 131 for details Filter Choose from these options Convolution Median Smooth See Filtering on page 125 in Chapter 8 Common Operations for details Additional filters vary depending on the iTool selected Rotate Table A 4 The Operations Menu iTool User s Guide Operations Menu 352 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Selection Function Rotate Left Rotate the selected data space left 90 Rotate Right Rotate the selected data space right 90 Rotate by Angle Specify the number of degrees to rotate the selected data space Transform Resample Resample the selected data using parameters specified in Resample property settings Rotate Data Rotat
364. viewing statistics for your volume The following operations are available for volumes Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a plot consisting of either horizontal or vertical bars The widths or heights of these bars represent data values Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram which plots different data sets side by side using differently styled points or bars to represent the data To view a density histogram of volume data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram in Chapter 7 Common Operations Viewing Statistics To view statistics for volume data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics in Chapter 7 Common Operations Smoothing a Volume Within the iVolume tool plots can also be smoothed to soften edges or compensate for random noise in the volume To apply the smooth filter to a volume 1 Select the volume 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth iVolume Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the map iTool EntroUU CHOR onc See o er Re 316 Displaying Maps lesse 317 Applying a Map Projection 318 Using the Map Panel 322 Displaying an Image 324 iTool User s Guide Registering an Image cocci a
365. w Zoom manipulator on the iImage window toolbar and using its accompanying pull down menu When an image is first loaded into iImage the X and Y pixel scales are by default set to 100 one window pixel is used to display one image pixel horizontally Typically when ilmage first displays an image the view zoom factor matches the X pixel scale Changing the view zoom factor also updates the pixel scale labels If the currently selected image has been rotated or if the visualization has switched to 3D for example because a surface was inserted then the pixel scale labels are set to an empty string Region Growing The ilmage region growing operation lets you apply a region growing algorithm to the currently selected ROI A new ROI is then created and displayed To apply region iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Image Display 218 Chapter 10 Working with Images growing to your ROI select Operations Region Grow You can then select the region grow method by threshold or by standard deviation Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe image visualizations displayed in the ilmage tool The following types of annotations can be added to ilmage displays Image Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects
366. w style under a new name The new style can be set as the Default style in the Preferences For more information on setting a default style see Setting the Default Style on page 194 iTool User s Guide Creating Styles 184 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Copying an Existing Style Any existing style can be copied within the Style Editor This is useful when you want to change only a few style properties while maintaining the majority of a style s existing properties Simply click on the style name and choose Edit Copy or Edit Duplicate Alternately you can right click on the style and choose Duplicate or Copy and then Paste A style named Copy of style name is then added in the My Styles folder of the Style Editor Note Styles may be named and renamed as you wish Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 185 Applying Styles Styles can be applied to a single item or all items within a view When a new visualization is added to an existing tool the style of any previous visualization will not be automatically applied unless the preferred style is set as the default style as described in Setting the Default Style on page 194 or unless the STYLE_NAME keyword is used For more information on this keyword see IDL Routine Enhancements on page 57 Changes to style properties are not automatically reflected in your visualization To update a visualization with a modified style you mu
367. wn in this area e Pixel Value Pixel color values are shown in this area iTool User s Guide Using the Image Panel 204 Chapter 10 Working with Images Note ___ SO eFeFSFSSSSSS If the byte scaled pixel value used for display is different from the image data value at that pixel it will be displayed in parentheses e Pixel Scale Pixel scale data is shown in this area Edit Palette This button is enabled for indexed binary and greyscale color images For more information on the Palette Editor see The Palette Editor in the following section Window Level Control The window level control allows you to adjust and manipulate the image brightness and contrast by changing the RGBA or indexed channel values For more information on the window level control see Window Level Control in the following section Image ROIs The ROI buttons shown in the Image Panel in the preceding figure allow you to draw regions of interest within your visualization You can select from rectangular elliptical polygonal and freehand region of interest buttons Once you have created your ROI you can also apply operations to image data contained within an ROI area Note For more information on operations and regions of interest see Operations on Regions of Interest in Chapter 7 Select the desired button and then hold your cursor over the area in the visualization where you wish your ROI to appear Clic
368. xed color images Channel 0 represents the image data values For RGBA images Channel 0 represents the red values Channel 1 represents the green values Channel 2 the blue values and Channel 3 the alpha values if present Within the plot area is a red bar representing minimum values and a green bar representing maximum values You can click on each bar to manipulate these values The dotted black bar represents the level you can click and drag this bar to move both the minimum and maximum values simultaneously iTool User s Guide Using the Image Panel 206 Chapter 10 Working with Images Image Properties The ilmage tool is a self contained image display and manipulation tool You can import export modify and manipulate image data For more information on the basic ilmage interface and its layout see Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties from the ilmage tool you may modify your image properties You may modify your image s name description transparency interpolation pixel dimensions pixel origin and so on For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties Image Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images Adding a Colorbar 207 You can add a colorbar to your visualized image which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum pixel values To add a colorbar click on the image and then
369. xporting Data 48 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Exporting Data to a File You can export the contents of an entire iTool window into a single image or data file using the IDL Data Export Wizard For example to export a file 1 Select File Export The IDL Data Export Wizard appears IDL Data Export Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you export data from the current tool determining the data source and the resultant destination Select the export destination ToaFile C To an IDL Variable Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 17 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 1 of 3 2 The first step asks you to choose to export the data to either a file or an IDL variable Select To a File and then Next Exporting Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 49 For more information on exporting data to an IDL variable see the following section Exporting Data to the IDL Session on page 51 IDL Data Export Wizard Step 2 of 3 Select the desired Window View or Data item to export EM Window Name E E View 1 e EB Visualization Layer Data Space Ies ype B be Plot B Plot parameters plese ow Y iE Axes Annotation Layer lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 18 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 2 of 3 3 From the next screen select the data which you wish to export Notice that only the Window level or View leve
370. y which means that no edges are made visible by contrast Ambient light controls the overall brightness and color of the scene Positional Supplies divergent light rays so that the edges of surfaces can be made visible by contrast A positional light source can be located anywhere in the scene Directional Supplies parallel light rays from a light source located at an infinite distance from scene Spotlight Illuminates only a specific area defined by the light s position direction and the cone angle angle the spotlight covers Default Positional Distance Number Distance of the light source from the visualization from 1 in front of the visualization to 1 behind the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 1 for Ambient Light and Light 1 1 for Light 2 Intensity Number Intensity of this light from 0 no light to 1 bright light Move the slider to change the value Default 0 5 for Ambient Light 0 8 for Light 1 and Light 2 Color Color Color of this light Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Visualization Type Properties Table D 50 Property Settings for Lights iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 457 Property Control Type Values Cone angle Number Angle the spotlight covers from 0 to 180 Active only when Spotlight type is selected Move the slider
371. your IDL 6 1 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Multi Channel Volumes The data in the previous example is a single channel volume which is volume data specified in a single parameter This is the simplest and most common way to display volume data The iVolume tool also supports two channel and four channel volume rendering Two channel rendering allows you to combine or blend two volume arrays together Four channel rendering is useful when your volume data is composed of a volume array for each of the red green blue and alpha display channels Note that the dimensions of all the volume arrays used in multi channel volume rendering must be the same In the following example the second volume array of a two channel volume is used as a mask to cut out a portion of the volume to create a hole With the head dat data already loaded from the examples data directory a mask volume is created and displays the result mask BYTARR 80 100 57 mask 255 mask 30 50 20 30 0 IVOLUME data mask A rectangular hole through the middle of the head is created making portions of the inside more visible iTool User s Guide Displaying Volumes 298 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes The following is an example of a four channel volume red BYTARR 20 20 20 green BYTARR 20 20 20 blue BYTARR 20 20 20
372. your existing image displays Once you have visualized your image you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify image properties scroll and select image ROIs The following options are available for manipulating images For more information on manipulation tasks which are common to ilmage as well as other iTools see Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Rotating an Image The rotate operation makes it possible to rotate the image within the visualization by a specified number of degrees To rotate your selected image select Operations gt Transform Rotate Data For more information about rotating see Rotation on page 118 in Chapter 8 Common Operations Scaling an Image and Byte Scaling an Image It is possible to scale the pixel values within an image by a specified scale factor To scale your image select Operations Transform Scale Data For more information on scaling data see Scaling on page 69 in Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Note When working with byte data the default bytescale range is always 0 255 Therefore even if data ranges from 0 100 it will display using 0 255 This may cause visualized data to appear darker Inverting an Image You can also invert the data associated with your image or with each channel of an RGB or RGBA image If the data is byte data the inversion occurs relative to the maximum byte value 255 Otherwise the inversion occurs relative
373. zations The Selection Mode property indicates the selection upon which the macro will act when you run it This property can have the following values Table 8 10 Property Value New Selection Description Makes the current object the selection Add to Selection Adds the current object to the selection Remove from Selection Removes the current object from the selection Table 8 10 Selection Mode Property Values The Container property defines the container within which the Selection Change operation will act e g Window View_1 Visualization Layer Data Space for the first View s data space The Item Identifier property names the object upon which the Selection Change operation will act e g View_1 for the first View in the Window iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 171 The Position in Container property identifies the selected object s position by number e g O for the first item in the Visualization Layer Tool Changes The Tool Change operation represents a macro item that sets the current tool so that subsequent macro items are applied in a different tool During macro recording a Tool Change operation is added when the currently selected tool is changed interactively Note that when the tool selection changes because of an operation such as Histogram rather than changing interactively a Tool Change operation is not added because it would be redundant that is the tool c

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Origin Storage PA-10-EU  Balae-110615  取扱説明書 - 三菱電機  e • Please save these instructions for future  Stevens Hydra Probe - Fondriest Environmental  Lenovo 3200 Series Inkjet Printer    EBDSPIR-AT-DD User Guide - Metway Electrical Industries Limited  User Manual  HWA 40 / HWA 70  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file